As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 1998
                                                   Registration No. 333-________
________________________________________________________________________________

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C.   20549

                                   FORM SB-2
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                       UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             (INCLUDING EXHIBITS)

                              PCB HOLDING COMPANY
                      ----------------------------------
              (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

            Indiana                          6035              [applied for]
- --------------------------------      -----------------     -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of      (Primary SICC No.)       (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organisation)                              Identification No.)
                                                            
 
                                819 Main Street
                           Tell City, Indiana 47586
                                (812) 547-7094
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

                         Paul M. Aguggia, Jr., Esquire
                           Aaron M. Kaslow, Esquire
                               BREYER & AGUGGIA
                                Suite 470 East
                              1300 I Street, N.W.
                            Washington, D.C.  20005
                     -------------------------------------
                    (Name and address of agent for service)

       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

       If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box. [x]

       If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]

       If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]

       If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. [_]



====================================================================================================================================

                                                  Calculation of Registration Fee
====================================================================================================================================

Title of Each Class of Securities       Proposed Maximum       Proposed Offering          Proposed Maximum         Amount of
Being Registered                        Amount Being           Price(1)                   Aggregate Offering       Registration Fee
                                        Registered(1)                                     Price(1)              
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                        
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value                396,750             $10.00                        $3,967,500               $1,170.41
 
Participation interests                       23,500                 --                                --                      (2)
====================================================================================================================================


     (1)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.  As
     described in the Prospectus, the actual number of shares to be issued and
     sold are subject to adjustment based upon the estimated pro forma market
     value of the registrant and market and financial conditions.
     (2)  The securities of PCB Holding Company to be purchased by the Peoples
     Building and Loan Association 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and Trust are
     included in the amount shown for Common Stock. Accordingly, pursuant to
     Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no separate fee is
     required for the participation interests.  Pursuant to such rule, the
     amount being registered has been calculated on the basis of the number of
     shares of Common Stock that may be purchased with the current assets of
     such Plan.

          THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE. 

 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                              PCB HOLDING COMPANY

                      PEOPLES BUILDING & LOAN ASSOCIATION
                         401(K) SALARY REDUCTION PLAN

     This Prospectus Supplement relates to the offer and sale to participants
("Participants") in the 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan ("Plan" or "401(k) Plan")
of participation interests and shares of PCB Holding Company common stock, par
value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), as set forth herein.

     In connection with the proposed conversion of Peoples Building & Loan
Association ("Association" or "Employer") from a federally chartered mutual
savings association to a federally chartered stock savings bank to be known as
Peoples Community Bank, a holding company, PCB Holding Company ("Holding
Company"), has been formed.  The simultaneous conversion of the Association to
stock form, the issuance of the Association's common stock to the Holding
Company and the offer and sale of the Holding Company's Common Stock to the
public are herein referred to as the "Conversion."  Applicable provisions of the
401(k) Plan permit the investment of the Plan assets in Common Stock of the
Holding Company at the direction of a Plan Participant.  This Prospectus
Supplement relates to the election of a Participant to direct the purchase of
Common Stock in connection with the Conversion.

     The Prospectus, dated __________, 1998, of the Holding Company
("Prospectus"), which is attached to this Prospectus Supplement, includes
detailed information with respect to the Conversion, the Common Stock and the
financial condition, results of operations and business of the Association and
the Holding Company.  This Prospectus Supplement, which provides detailed
information with respect to the Plan, should be read only in conjunction with
the Prospectus.  Terms not otherwise defined in this Prospectus Supplement are
defined in the Plan or the Prospectus.

     A PARTICIPANT'S ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK IN THE CONVERSION
THROUGH THE PLAN IS SUBJECT TO THE PARTICIPANT'S GENERAL ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE CONVERSION AND THE MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM LIMITATIONS
SET FORTH IN THE PLAN OF CONVERSION.  SEE "THE CONVERSION" AND "-- LIMITATIONS
ON PURCHASES OF SHARES" IN THE PROSPECTUS.

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY EACH
PARTICIPANT, SEE "RISK FACTORS" IN THE PROSPECTUS BEGINNING ON PAGE ___.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION ("SEC"), THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION ("OTS"), THE
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION ("FDIC") OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE
AGENCY OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SEC, THE OTS, THE FDIC OR
ANY OTHER AGENCY OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

          The date of this Prospectus Supplement is __________, 1998.

 
     No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in the Prospectus or this Prospectus
Supplement in connection with the offering made hereby, and, if given or made,
such information and representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Holding Company, the Association or the Plan. This Prospectus
Supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to
buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to
make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of
this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall
under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in
the affairs of the Association or the Plan since the date hereof, or that the
information herein contained or incorporated by reference is correct as of any
time subsequent to the date hereof. This Prospectus Supplement should be read
only in conjunction with the Prospectus that is attached herein and should be
retained for future reference. 

 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                               PAGE
                                                               
The Offering
     Securities Offered.......................................  S-1
     Election to Purchase Common Stock in the Conversion......  S-1
     Value of Participation Interests.........................  S-1
     Method of Directing Transfer.............................  S-1
     Time for Directing Transfer..............................  S-2
     Irrevocability of Transfer Direction.....................  S-2
     Direction Regarding Common Stock After the Conversion....  S-2
     Purchase Price of Common Stock...........................  S-2
     Nature of a Participant's Interest in the Common Stock...  S-2
     Voting and Tender Rights of Common Stock.................  S-3

Description of the Plan
     Introduction.............................................  S-3
     Eligibility and Participation............................  S-4
     Contributions Under the Plan.............................  S-4
     Limitations on Contributions.............................  S-5
     Investment of Contributions..............................  S-7
     The Employer Stock Fund..................................  S-7
     Benefits Under the Plan..................................  S-8
     Withdrawals and Distributions from the Plan..............  S-8
     Administration of the Plan...............................  S-9
     Reports to Plan Participants............................. S-10
     Plan Administrator....................................... S-10
     Amendment and Termination................................ S-10
     Merger, Consolidation or Transfer........................ S-10
     Federal Income Tax Consequences.......................... S-11
     Restrictions on Resale................................... S-14

Legal Opinions................................................ S-14

Investment Form............................................... S-15


                                       i

 
                                 THE OFFERING

SECURITIES OFFERED

     The securities offered hereby are participation interests in the Plan and
up to ______ shares, at the actual purchase price of $10.00 per share, of Common
Stock which may be acquired by the Plan for the accounts of employees
participating in the Plan.  The Holding Company is the issuer of the Common
Stock.  Only employees and former employees of the Association and their
beneficiaries may participate in the Plan.  Information with regard to the Plan
is contained in this Prospectus Supplement and information with regard to the
Conversion and the financial condition, results of operation and business of the
Association and the Holding Company is contained in the attached Prospectus.
The address of the principal executive office of the Association is 819 Main
Street, Tell City, Indiana 47586-0068. The Association's telephone number is
(812) 547-7094.

ELECTION TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK IN THE CONVERSION

     In connection with the Association's Conversion, each Participant in the
401(k) Plan may direct the trustees of the Plan (collectively, the "Trustees")
to transfer up to 100% of a Participant's account balance to a newly created
Employer Stock Fund and to use such funds to purchase Common Stock issued in
connection with the Conversion.  Amounts transferred may include salary
deferral, matching and profit sharing contributions as well as amounts
transferred from the Association's prior retirement programs.  The Employer
Stock Fund may consist of investments in the Common Stock made in connection
with the Conversion.  Funds not transferred to the Employer Stock Fund will
continue to be invested at the direction of Plan Participants.  See "DESCRIPTION
OF THE PLAN -- INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS" below.  A PARTICIPANT'S ABILITY TO
TRANSFER FUNDS TO THE EMPLOYER STOCK FUND IN THE CONVERSION IS SUBJECT TO THE
PARTICIPANT'S GENERAL ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE
CONVERSION.  FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AS TO THE ABILITY OF THE PARTICIPANTS TO
PURCHASE SHARES IN THE CONVERSION, SEE "THE CONVERSION -- THE SUBSCRIPTION,
DIRECT COMMUNITY AND SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERINGS" IN THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS.

VALUE OF PARTICIPATION INTERESTS

     The assets of the Plan are valued on an ongoing basis and each Participant
is informed of the value of his or her beneficial interest in the Plan on at
least an annual basis.  This value represents the market value of past
contributions to the Plan by the Association and by the Participants and
earnings thereon, less previous withdrawals, and transfers from other plans.

METHOD OF DIRECTING TRANSFER

     The last page of this Prospectus Supplement is an investment form to direct
a transfer to the Employer Stock Fund ("Investment Form").  If a Participant
wishes to transfer funds to the Employer Stock Fund to purchase Common Stock
issued in connection with the Conversion, the Participant

                                      S-1

 
should indicate that decision in Part 2 of the Investment Form. If a Participant
does not wish to make such an election, he or she does not need to take any
action.

TIME FOR DIRECTING TRANSFER

     THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTING A DIRECTION TO TRANSFER AMOUNTS TO THE EMPLOYER
STOCK FUND IN ORDER TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK ISSUED IN CONNECTION WITH THE
CONVERSION IS _______, 1998.  The Investment Form should be returned to
_______________ at the Association no later than the close of business on such
date.

IRREVOCABILITY OF TRANSFER DIRECTION

     A Participant's direction to transfer amounts credited to such
Participant's account in the Plan to the Employer Stock Fund in order to
purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with the Conversion shall be
irrevocable. Participants, however, will be able to direct the sale of Common
Stock, as explained below.

DIRECTION REGARDING COMMON STOCK AFTER THE CONVERSION

     It is currently anticipated that Participants will not be permitted to
transfer additional funds from their existing account balances to the Employer
Stock Fund following the Conversion. However, Participants will be permitted to
direct the sale of Common Stock on a periodic basis.  If Common Stock is sold,
the proceeds will be credited to the Participant's account and may be reinvested
in the other investment options available under the Plan.  Special restrictions
may apply to sales directed by those Participants who are executive officers,
directors and principal stockholders of the Holding Company who are subject to
the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended ("Exchange Act"), or applicable OTS regulations.

PURCHASE PRICE OF COMMON STOCK

     The funds transferred to the Employer Stock Fund for the purchase of Common
Stock in connection with the Conversion will be used by the Trustees to purchase
shares of Common Stock. The price paid for such shares of Common Stock will be
the same price as is paid by all other persons who purchase shares of Common
Stock in the Conversion.

NATURE OF A PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST IN THE COMMON STOCK

     The Common Stock purchased for an account of a Participant will be held in
the name of the Trustees of the Plan in the Employer Stock Fund.  Any earnings,
losses or expenses with respect to the Common Stock, including dividends and
appreciation or depreciation in value, will be credited or debited to the
account and will not be credited to or borne by any other accounts.

                                      S-2

 
VOTING AND TENDER RIGHTS OF COMMON STOCK

     The Trustees generally will exercise voting and tender rights attributable
to all Common Stock held by the Trust as directed by Participants with an
interest in the Employer Stock Fund. With respect to each matter as to which
holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, each Participant will be
allocated a number of voting instruction rights reflecting such Participant's
proportionate interest in the Employer Stock Fund.  The percentage of shares of
Common Stock held in the Employer Stock Fund that are voted in the affirmative
or negative on each matter shall be the same percentage of the total number of
voting instruction rights that are exercised in either the affirmative or
negative, respectively.

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

INTRODUCTION

     The Association adopted the Plan in 1992 as an amendment and restatement of
the Association's prior defined contribution retirement plan.  The Plan is a
cash or deferred arrangement established in accordance with the requirements
under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended ("Code").

     The Association intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the
requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code.  The
Association will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to
ensure the qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury
Regulations.  The Association has received a determination from the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") that the Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the
Code and that it satisfies the requirements for a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code.

     EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT.  The Plan is an "individual
account plan" other than a "money purchase pension plan" within the meaning of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").  As
such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of
Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Internal Revenue Code
Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except the funding requirements
contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA, which by their terms do not apply to an
individual account plan (other than a money purchase pension plan).  The Plan is
not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA.  Neither the
funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA nor the plan termination
insurance provisions contained in Title IV will be extended to Participants or
beneficiaries under the Plan.

     REFERENCE TO FULL TEXT OF PLAN.  THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS ARE SUMMARIES OF
THE MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN.  THE FULL TEXT OF THE PLAN IS FILED AS AN
EXHIBIT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SEC.  COPIES OF THE PLAN
ARE AVAILABLE TO ALL EMPLOYEES BY FILING A REQUEST WITH THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.
EACH EMPLOYEE IS URGED TO READ CAREFULLY THE FULL TEXT OF XTHE PLAN.

                                      S-3

 
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     Any employee of the Association is eligible to participate and becomes a
Participant in the Plan following completion of one year of service with the
Association and the attainment of age 21. The Plan year is the calendar year
("Plan Year").  Directors who are not employees of the Association and hourly
paid or leased employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.

     During 1997, approximately __ employees participated in the Plan.

CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN

     PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  Each Participant in the Plan is permitted to
elect to reduce such Participant's Compensation (as defined below) pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement in an amount not in excess of applicable Code limits
($10,000 in 1998) and have that amount contributed to the Plan on such
Participant's behalf.  Such amounts are credited to the Participant's deferral
contributions account.  For purposes of the Plan, "Compensation" means a
Participant's total amount of earnings reportable W-2 wages for federal income
tax withholding purposes plus a Participant's elective deferrals pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement under the Plan or any elective deferrals to a Section
125 plan.  Due to recent statutory changes, the annual Compensation of each
Participant taken into account under the Plan is limited to $160,000 (as
adjusted under applicable Code provisions).  A Participant may elect to modify
the amount contributed to the Plan under the participant's salary reduction
agreement during the Plan Year.  Deferral contributions are transferred by the
Association to the Trustees of the Plan on a periodic basis as required by
applicable law.

     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Association matches each dollar of Participant
deferral contributions on a two-for-one basis to a maximum of three percent of
compensation.  Additional contributions may also be made on a discretionary
basis in proportion to each Participant's Compensation.

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

     LIMITATIONS ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS AND BENEFITS.  Pursuant to the requirements
of the Code, the Plan provides that the amount of contributions allocated to
each Participant's Account during any Plan Year may not exceed the lesser of 25%
of the Participant's "Section 415 Compensation" for the Plan Year or $30,000 (as
adjusted under applicable Code provisions).  A Participant's "Section 415
Compensation" is a Participant's Compensation.  In addition, annual additions
are limited to the extent necessary to prevent the limitations for the combined
plans of the Association from being exceeded.  To the extent that these
limitations would be exceeded by reason of excess annual additions to the Plan
with respect to a Participant, the excess must be reallocated to the remaining
Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions for
the Plan Year.

     LIMITATION ON 401(K) PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS.  The annual amount of deferred
compensation of a Participant (when aggregated with any elective deferrals of
the Participant under any other 

                                      S-4

 
employer plan, a simplified employee pension plan or a tax-deferred annuity) may
not exceed $10,000 (as adjusted under applicable Code provisions). Contributions
in excess of this limitation ("excess deferrals") will be included in the
Participant's gross federal income tax purposes in the year they are made. In
addition, any such excess deferral will again be subject to federal income tax
when distributed by the Plan to the Participant, unless the excess deferral
(together with any income allocable thereto) is distributed to the Participant
not later than the first April 15th following the close of the taxable year in
which the excess deferral is made. Any income on the excess deferral that is
distributed not later than such date shall be treated, for federal income tax
purposes, as earned and received by the Participant in the taxable year in which
the excess deferral is made.

     LIMITATION ON PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS FOR HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES.
Sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code limit the amount of deferred compensation
contributed to the Plan in any Plan Year on behalf of Highly Compensated
Employees (defined below) in relation to the amount of deferred compensation
contributed by or on behalf of all other employees eligible to participate in
the Plan.  Specifically, the actual deferral percentage for a Plan Year (i.e.,
                                                                         ---- 
the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each eligible employee in
each group, by dividing the amount of salary reduction contributions credited to
the salary reduction contribution account of such eligible employee by such
employee's compensation for the Plan Year) of the Highly Compensated Employees
may not exceed the greater of (a) 125% of the actual deferred percentage of all
other eligible employees, or (b) the lesser of (i) 200% of the actual deferred
percentage of all other eligible employees, or (ii) the actual deferral
percentage of all other eligible employees plus two percentage points.  In
addition, the actual contribution percentage for a Plan Year (i.e., the average
                                                              ----             
of the ratios calculated separately for each eligible employee in each group, by
dividing the amount of employer contributions credited to the matching
contributions account of such eligible employee by each eligible employee's
compensation for the Plan Year) of the Highly Compensated Employees may not
exceed the greater of (a) 125% of the actual contribution percentage of all
other eligible employees, or (b) the lesser of (i) 200% of the actual
contributions percentage of all other eligible employees, or (ii) the actual
contribution percentage of all other eligible employees plus two percentage
points.

     In general, a Highly Compensated Employee includes any employee who, during
the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year, (1) was at any time a 5% owner (i.e.,
                                                                          ---- 
owns directly or indirectly more than 5% of the stock of the Employer, or stock
possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the
Employer) or, (2) during the preceding Plan Year, received Section 415
Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted under applicable Code provisions)
and, if elected by the Association, was in the top paid group of employees for
such Plan Year.

     In order to prevent disqualification of the Plan, any amounts contributed
by Highly Compensated Employees that exceed the average deferral limitation in
any Plan Year ("excess contributions"), together with any income allocable
thereto, must be distributed to such Highly Compensated Employees before the
close of the following Plan Year.  However, the Association will be subject to a
10% excise tax on any excess contributions unless such excess contributions,
together with any income allocable thereto, either are recharacterized or are
distributed before the close of 

                                      S-5

 
the first 2 1/2 months following the Plan Year to which such excess
contributions relate. In addition, in order to avoid disqualification of the
Plan, any contributions by Highly Compensated Employees that exceed the average
contribution limitation in any Plan Year ("excess aggregate contributions")
together with any income allocable thereto, must be distributed to such Highly
Compensated Employees before the close of the following Plan Year. However, the
10% excise tax will be imposed on the Association with respect to any excess
aggregate contributions, unless such amounts, plus any income allocable thereto,
are distributed within 2 1/2 months following the close of the Plan Year in
which they arose.

     TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS.  If, for any Plan Year, the Plan is a Top-
Heavy Plan (as defined below), then (i) the Association may be required to make
certain minimum contributions to the Plan on behalf of non-key employees (as
defined below), and (ii) certain additional restrictions would apply with
respect to the combination of annual additions to the Plan and projected annual
benefits under any defined plan maintained by the Association.

     In general, the Plan will be regarded as a "Top-Heavy Plan" for any Plan
Year, if as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year, the aggregate balance of
the accounts of all Participants who are Key Employees exceeds 60% of the
aggregate balance of the Accounts of the Participants.  "Key Employees"
generally include any employee, who at any time during the Plan Year or any
other the four preceding Plan Years, if (1) an officer of the Association having
annual compensation in excess of $60,000 who is in an administrative or policy-
making capacity, (2) one of the ten employees having annual compensation in
excess of $30,000 and owing, directly or indirectly, the largest interest in the
employer, (3) a 5% owner of the employer (i.e., owns directly or indirectly more
                                          ----                                  
than 5% of the stock of the employer, or stock possessing more than 5% of the
total combined voting power of all stock of the employer), or (4) a 1% owner of
the employer having compensation in excess of $150,000.

INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

     All amounts credited to Participant's Accounts under the Plan are held in
the Trust which is administered by the Trustees who are appointed by the Savings
Bank's Board of Directors.  The Plan provides that a Participant may direct the
Trustees to invest all or a portion of his or her Accounts in various investment
options, as listed below.  A Participant may periodically elect to change his or
her investment directions with respect to both past contributions and additions
to the Participant's accounts invested in these investment options in accordance
with rules established by the Trustees.

     Under the Plan, the Accounts of a Participant held in the Trust will be
invested by the Trustees at the direction of the Participant in the following
portfolios:

     [TO BE COMPLETED]

     For additional information regarding these investment options, please
     contact _______________.

                                      S-6

 
     In connection with the Conversion, a Participant may elect to have prior
contributions and additions to the Participant's Account invested either in the
Employer Stock Fund or in any of the other portfolios listed above.  Any amounts
credited to a Participant's Accounts for which investment directions are not
given will be invested in the ____________________________.

     The net gain (or loss) in the Accounts from investments (including interest
payments, dividends, realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, and
expenses paid from the Trust) are determined on a daily basis.  For purposes of
such allocation, all assets of the Trust are valued at their fair market value.

THE EMPLOYER STOCK FUND

     The Employer Stock Fund will consist of investments in Common Stock made in
connection with the Conversion.

     Following the Conversion, when Common Stock is sold, the cost or net
proceeds will be charged or credited to the Accounts of Participants affected by
the purchase or sale.  A Participant's Account will also be adjusted to reflect
changes in the value of shares of Common Stock resulting from stock dividends,
stock splits and similar changes.

     To the extent dividends are not paid on Common Stock held in the Employer
Stock Fund, the return on any investment in the Employer Stock Fund will consist
only of the market value appreciation of the Common Stock subsequent to its
purchase.  Declarations and payments of any dividends (regular and special) by
the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including the
amount of the net proceeds retained by the Holding Company, capital
requirements, regulatory limitations, the Association's and the Holding
Company's financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations and
general economic conditions.

     As of the date of this Prospectus Supplement, none of the shares of Common
Stock have been issued or are outstanding and there is no established market for
the Common Stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance
of the Employer Stock Fund.

     INVESTMENTS IN THE EMPLOYER STOCK FUND MAY INVOLVE CERTAIN RISK FACTORS
ASSOCIATED WITH INVESTMENTS IN COMMON STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY.  FOR A
DISCUSSION OF THESE RISK FACTORS, SEE "RISK FACTORS" IN THE PROSPECTUS.

BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN

     VESTING.  A Participant has, at all times, a fully vested, nonforfeitable
interest in all of his or her Participant contributions and the earnings thereon
under the Plan.  All Employer contributions vest at the rate of 20 percent per
year beginning with the third year of service, with full vesting upon the
completion of seven years of service.

                                      S-7

 
WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE PLAN

     APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW REQUIRES THE PLAN TO IMPOSE SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS
ON THE RIGHT OF A PLAN PARTICIPANT TO WITHDRAW AMOUNTS HELD FOR HIS OR HER
BENEFIT UNDER THE PLAN PRIOR TO THE PARTICIPANT'S ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59 1/2
UNLESS A PARTICIPANT RETIRES AS PERMITTED UNDER THE PLAN REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
SUCH A WITHDRAWAL OCCURS DURING HIS OR HER EMPLOYMENT WITH THE ASSOCIATION.

     DISTRIBUTION UPON RETIREMENT, DEATH, DISABILITY OR TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENT. The distribution of benefits under the 401(k) Plan to a Participant
who retires may be made in the form of a lump-sum payment or installment periods
over a specified period. Distributions generally commence as soon as practicable
following the Participant's termination of employment. At the request of the
Participant, the distribution may include an in-kind distribution of Common
Stock of the Holding Company credited to the Participant's Account. Benefits
payments ordinarily must begin not later than 60 days following the end of the
Plan Year in which occurs later of the Participant's: (i) termination of
employment; (ii) attainment of age 65; or (iii) tenth anniversary of
commencement of participation in the Plan; but in no event later than April 1
following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 (if the
Participant is retired). However, if the vested portion of the Participant's
Account balances exceeds $5,000, no distribution will be made from the Plan
prior to the Participant's attaining age 65 unless the Participant consents to
an earlier distribution. Special rules may apply to the distribution of Common
Stock of the Holding Company to those Participants who are executive officers,
directors and principal shareholders of the Holding Company who are subject to
the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

     IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS.  The Plan provides for distributions of
Participant deferral contributions prior to termination of employment in the
form of hardship withdrawals.  Such withdrawals are permitted where the funds
are applied to (i) uninsured medical expenses, (ii) the purchase of a principal
residence, (iii) the payment of tuition and other education expenses or (iv)
payments necessary to prevent eviction from a principal residence or foreclosure
on a mortgage.  In order to qualify for a hardship withdrawal, the Participant
must satisfy certain requirements relating to his or her financial resources and
the amount of the withdrawal may not exceed the Participant's immediate and
heavy financial need.

     The Plan does not provide for other in-service withdrawals or loans.

     NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.  Except with respect to federal income tax
withholding and as provided with respect to a qualified domestic relations order
(as defined in the Code), benefits payable under the Plan shall not be subject
in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either
voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell,
transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any rights to
benefits payable under the Plan shall be void.

                                      S-8

 
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     TRUSTEES.  The Trustees with respect to Plan assets are currently
___________________, ______________ and ________________.

     Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Trustees receive and hold
contributions to the Plan in trust and have exclusive authority and discretion
to manage and control the assets of the Plan pursuant to the terms of the Plan
and to manage, invest and reinvest the Trust and income therefrom. The Trustees
have the authority to invest and reinvest the Trust and may sell or otherwise
dispose of Trust investments at any time and may hold trust funds uninvested.
The Trustees have authority to invest the assets of the Trust in "any type of
property, investment or security" as defined under ERISA.

     The Trustees have full power to vote any corporate securities in the Trust
in person or by proxy; provided, however, that the Participants will direct the
Trustees as to voting and tendering of all Common Stock held in the Employer
Stock Fund.

     The Trustees receive no compensation for their services.  The expenses of
the Trustees are paid out of the Trust except to the extent such expenses and
compensation are paid by the Association.

     The Trustees must render at least annual reports to the Association and to
the Participants in such form and containing such information that the Trustees
deem necessary.

REPORTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS

     The Plan Administrator furnishes to each Participant a statement at least
semi-annually showing (i) the balance in the Participant's Account as of the end
of that period, (ii) the amount of contributions allocated to any such
Participant's Account for that period, and (iii) the adjustments to such
Participant's Account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

     The Association currently serves as the Plan Administrator.  The Plan
Administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation
of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications
for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan,
maintenance of plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for
the proper administration of the Plan, and preparation and filing of all returns
and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S.
Department of Labor and the IRS, and for all disclosures required to be made to
Participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

                                      S-9

 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     The Association may terminate the Plan at any time.  If the Plan is
terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan,
each employee who ceases to be a Participant shall have a fully vested interest
in his or her Account.  The Association reserves the right to make, from time to
time, any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the
Trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive
benefit of the Participants or their beneficiaries.

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER

     In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan,
or the transfer of the Trust to another plan, the Plan requires that each
Participant (if either the Plan or the other plan then terminated) receive a
benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal
to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive
immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then
terminated).

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     THE FOLLOWING IS ONLY A BRIEF SUMMARY OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX ASPECTS
OF THE PLAN WHICH ARE OF GENERAL APPLICATION UNDER THE CODE AND IS NOT INTENDED
TO BE A COMPLETE OR DEFINITIVE DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATING IN OR RECEIVING DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE PLAN.  THE
SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY GENERAL IN NATURE AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE.
MOREOVER, STATUTORY PROVISIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE, AS ARE THEIR
INTERPRETATIONS, AND THEIR APPLICATION MAY VARY IN INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES.
FINALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAX LAWS MAY
NOT BE THE SAME AS UNDER THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.

PARTICIPANTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY
DISTRIBUTION FROM THE PLAN AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE PLAN.

     The Plan has received a determination from the IRS that it is qualified
under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code, and that the related Trust is
exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code.  A plan that is "qualified"
under these sections of the Code is afforded special tax treatment which include
the following: (1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction
for the amount contributed to the Plan of each year; (2) Participants pay no
current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and
(3) earnings of the Plan are tax-exempt thereby permitting the tax-free
accumulation of income and gains on investments.  The Plan will be administered
to comply in operation with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable
effective date of any change in the law.  The Association expects to timely
adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to maintain the qualified
status of the Plan under the Code.  Following such an amendment, the Plan will
be submitted to the IRS for a determination that the Plan, as amended, 

                                     S-10

 
continues to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code and that it
continues to satisfy the requirements for a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code.

     Assuming that the Plan is administered in accordance with the requirements
of the Code, participation in the Plan under existing federal income tax laws
will have the following effects:

     (a)  Amounts contributed to a Participant's 401(k) account and the
investment earnings are actually distributed or withdrawn from the Plan. Special
tax treatment may apply to the taxable portion of any distribution that includes
Common Stock or qualified as a "Lump Sum Distribution" (as described below).

     (b)  Income earned on assets held by the Trust will not be taxable to the
Trust.

     LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTION.  A distribution from the Plan to a Participant or
the beneficiary of a Participant will qualify as a "Lump Sum Distribution" if it
is made: (i) within a single taxable year of the Participant or beneficiary;
(ii) on account of the Participant's death or separation from service, or after
the Participant attains age 59 1/2; and (iii) consists of the balance to the
credits of the Participant under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if
any, maintained by the Association. The portion of any Lump Sum Distribution
that is required to be included in the Participant's or beneficiary's taxable
income for federal income tax purposes ("total taxable amount") consists of the
entire amount of such Lump Sum Distribution less the amount of after-tax
contributions, if any, made by the Participant to any other profit sharing plans
maintained by the Association which is included in such distribution.

     AVERAGING RULES.  The portion of the total taxable amount of a Lump Sum
Distribution ("ordinary income portion") will be taxable generally as ordinary
income for federal income tax purposes.  However, for distributions occurring
prior to January 1, 2000, a Participant who has completed at least five years of
participation in the Plan before the taxable year in which the distribution is
made, or a beneficiary who receives a Lump Sum Distribution on account of the
Participant's death (regardless of the period of the Participant's participation
in the Plan or any other profit sharing plan maintained by the Employer), may
elect to have the ordinary income portion of such Lump Sum Distribution taxed
according to a special averaging rule ("five-year averaging"). The election of
the special averaging rules may apply only to one Lump Sum Distribution received
by the Participant or beneficiary, provided such amount is received on or after
the Participant turns 59 1/2 and the recipient elects to have any other Lump Sum
Distribution from a qualified plan received in the same taxable year taxed under
the special averaging rule.  The special five-year averaging rule has been
repealed for distributions occurring after December 31, 1999.  Under a special
grandfather rule, individuals who turned 50 by 1986 may elect to have their Lump
Sum Distribution taxed under either the five-year averaging rule (if available)
or the prior law ten-year averaging rule.  Such individuals also may elect to
have that portion of the Lump Sum Distribution attributable to the Participant's
pre-1974 participation in the Plan taxed at a flat 20% rate as gain from the
sale of a capital asset.

                                     S-11

 
     COMMON STOCK INCLUDED IN LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTION.  If a Lump Sum Distribution
includes Common Stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner
described above, except that the total taxable amount will be reduced by the
amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to such Common Stock,
i.e., the excess of the value of such Common Stock at the time of the
- ----                                                                 
distribution over its cost to the Plan.  The tax basis of such Common Stock to
the Participant or beneficiary for purposes of computing gain or loss on its
subsequent sale will be the value of the Common Stock at the time of
distribution less the amount of net unrealized appreciation.  Any gain on a
subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of such Common Stock, to the extent
of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will
be considered long-term capital gain regardless of the holding period of such
Common Stock.  Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of the
Common Stock in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time
of distribution will be considered either short-term capital gain or long-term
capital gain depending upon the length of the holding period of the Common
Stock.  The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any
net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of such distribution to
the extent allowed by the regulations by the IRS.

     DISTRIBUTIONS:  ROLLOVERS AND DIRECT TRANSFERS TO ANOTHER QUALIFIED PLAN OR
TO AN IRA. Pursuant to a change in the law, effective January 1, 1993, virtually
all distributions from the Plan may be rolled over to another qualified Plan or
to an individual retirement account ("IRA") without regard to whether the
distribution is a Lump Sum Distribution or Partial Distribution.  Effective
January 1, 1993, Participants have the right to elect to have the Trustees
transfer all or any portion of an "eligible rollover distribution" directly to
another plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code or to an IRA.  If the
Participant does not elect to have an "eligible rollover distribution"
transferred directly to another qualified plan or to an IRA, the distribution
will be subject to a mandatory federal withholding tax equal to 20% of the
taxable distribution.  An "eligible rollover distribution" means any amount
distributed from the Plan except:  (1) a distribution that is (a) one of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments made (not less frequently than
annually) over the Participant's life of the joint life of the Participant and
the Participant's designated beneficiary, or (b) for a specified period of ten
years or more; (2) any amount that is required to be distributed under the
minimum distribution rules; and (3) any other distributions excepted under
applicable federal law.  The tax law change described above did not modify the
special tax treatment of Lump Sum Distributions, that are not rolled over or
transferred, i.e., forward averaging, capital gains tax treatment and the
             ----                                                        
nonrecognition of net unrealized appreciation, discussed earlier.

     ADDITIONAL TAX ON EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS. A Participant who receives a
distribution from the Plan prior to attaining age 59 1/2 will be subject to an
additional income tax equal to 10% of the taxable amount of the distribution.
The 10% additional income tax will not apply, however, to the extent the
distribution is rolled over into an IRA or another qualified plan or the
distribution is (i) made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of a Participant) on
or after the death of the Participant, (ii) attributable to the Participant's
being disabled within the meaning of Section 72(m)(7) of the Code, (iii) part of
a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and his or her
beneficiary, (iv) made to the Participant after separation from service on

                                     S-12

 
account of early retirement under the Plan after attainment of age 55, (v) made
to pay medical expenses to the extent deductible for federal income tax
purposes, (vi) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, or (vii) made
to effect the distribution of excess contributions or excess deferrals.

     THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A BRIEF SUMMARY OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX ASPECTS
OF THE PLAN WHICH ARE OF GENERAL APPLICATION UNDER THE CODE AND IS NOT INTENDED
TO BE A COMPLETE OR DEFINITIVE DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATING IN OR RECEIVING DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE PLAN.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH PARTICIPANT IS URGED TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE
FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATING IN AND RECEIVING
DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE PLAN.

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE

     Any person receiving shares of the Common Stock under the Plan who is an
"affiliate" of the Association or the Holding Company as the term "affiliate" is
used in Rules 144 and 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
("Securities Act") (e.g., directors, officers and substantial shareholders of
the Association) may reoffer or resell such shares only pursuant to a
registration statement filed under the Securities Act (the Holding Company and
the Association having no obligation to file such registration statement) or,
assuming the availability thereof, pursuant to Rule 144 or some other exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  Any person who may be
an "affiliate" of the Association or the Holding Company may wish to consult
with counsel before transferring any Common Stock owned by him or her.  In
addition, Participants who are officers of the Association or the Holding
Company are advised to consult with counsel as to the applicability of the
reporting and short-swing profit liability rules of Section 16 of the Exchange
Act which may affect the purchase and sale of the Common Stock where acquired or
sold under the Plan or otherwise.

                                LEGAL OPINIONS

     The validity of the issuance of the Common Stock will be passed upon by
Breyer & Aguggia, Washington, D.C., which firm is acting as special counsel for
the Holding Company in connection with the Conversion.

                                     S-13

 
                                Investment Form
                             (Employer Stock Fund)

                     PEOPLES BUILDING  & LOAN ASSOCIATION
                         401(K) SALARY REDUCTION PLAN


Name of Participant:___________________

Social Security Number:________________


     1.   Instructions.  In connection with the proposed conversion of Peoples
Building & Loan Association ("Association") to a stock savings bank to be known
as Peoples Community Bank and the simultaneous formation of a holding company
("Conversion"), participants in the Peoples Building & Loan Association 401(k)
Plan ("Plan") may elect to direct the investment of up to 100% of their account
balance into the Employer Stock Fund ("Employer Stock Fund").  Amounts
transferred at the direction of Participants into the Employer Stock Fund will
be used to purchase shares of the common stock of PCB Holding Company ("Common
Stock"), the proposed holding company for the Association.  A PARTICIPANT'S
ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IS SUBJECT TO THE PARTICIPANT'S
GENERAL ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE CONVERSION AND THE
MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THE PLAN CONVERSION.  SEE THE
PROSPECTUS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

     You may use this form to direct a transfer of funds credited to your
account to the Employer Stock Fund, to purchase Common Stock in the Conversion.
To direct such a transfer to the Employer Stock Fund, you should complete this
form and return it to _______________ at the Association, NO LATER THAN THE
CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON _______, 1998. The Association will keep a copy of this
form and return a copy to you. (If you need assistance in completing this form,
please contact _______________).

     2.   Transfer Direction.  I hereby direct the Plan Administrator to
transfer $__________ (in increments of $15) to the Employer Stock Fund to be
applied to the purchase of Common Stock in the Conversion.  Please transfer this
amount from the following Plan investments
_____________________________________________________.

     3.   Effectiveness of Direction.  I understand that this Investment Form
shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms
and conditions of the Conversion.  I acknowledge that I have received a copy of
the Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement.


___________________________                  _________________________
Signature                                    Date

                             *    *    *    *    *

     4.   Acknowledgement of Receipt.  This Investment Form was received by the
Plan Administrator and will become effective on the date noted below.


___________________________                  __________________________
Plan Administrator                           Date

                                     S-14

 
PROSPECTUS
                              PCB HOLDING COMPANY
  (PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION, F.A.,
                    TO BE KNOWN AS PEOPLES COMMUNITY BANK)
              BETWEEN 255,000 AND 345,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A. is converting from the mutual form
to the stock form of organization and changing its name to Peoples Community
Bank.  As part of the conversion, Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A.
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of PCB Holding Company, which was formed
in March 1998.  The common stock of PCB Holding Company is being offered to the
public under the terms of a Plan of Conversion which must be approved by a
majority of the votes eligible to be cast by the members of Peoples Building and
Loan Association, F.A..  The conversion will not go forward if Peoples Building
and Loan Association, F.A. does not receive this approval or PCB Holding Company
does not sell at least the minimum number of shares.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               OFFERING SUMMARY

                           Price Per Share:  $10.00



                                        Minimum    Midpoint     Maximum    Maximum, as adjusted
                                        -------    --------     -------    --------------------
                                                             
Number of shares:                       255,000     300,000     345,000          396,750
Gross offering proceeds:             $2,550,000  $3,000,000  $3,450,000       $3,967,500
Estimated offering expenses:         $  315,000  $  315,000  $  315,000       $  315,000
Estimated net proceeds:              $2,235,000  $2,685,000  $3,135,000       $3,652,500
Estimated net proceeds per share:    $     8.76  $     8.95  $     9.09       $     9.21


The amount of common stock being offered in the conversion is based on an
independent appraisal of the market value of Peoples Building and Loan
Association, F.A., after giving effect to the conversion and the formation of
PCB Holding Company.  The independent appraiser has stated that as of March 6,
1998 the market value of PCB Holding Company and the converted Peoples Building
and Loan Association, F.A. ranged from $2,550,000 to $3,450,000.  Subject to
approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, an additional 15% above the
maximum number of shares may be sold.

Capital Resources, Inc., which has been retained by PCB Holding Company, will
use its best efforts to assist PCB Holding Company in selling at least the
minimum number of shares, but does not guarantee that this number will be sold.
All funds received from subscribers will be held in an interest-bearing savings
account at Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A. until the completion or
termination of the conversion.

The subscription offering will terminate at 12:00 Noon, local time, on
______________, 1998, unless extended for up to ___ days.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED
BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER, SEE "RISK FACTORS"
BEGINNING ON PAGE _.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, THE OFFICE OF THRIFT
SUPERVISION, NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES REGULATOR HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED
THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For additional information about the conversion and the stock offering, please
refer to the more detailed information in this prospectus.  For assistance,
please contact the stock center at (___)___________.

                            CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.
               The date of this prospectus is ___________, 1998

 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
                                        Page                                              Page
                                        ----                                              ----
                                                                                  
Summary................................           Business of the Holding Company........
Risk Factors...........................           Business of the Association............
Selected Consolidated                             Management of the Holding Company......
 Financial Information.................           Management of the Association..........
Use of Proceeds........................           Regulation.............................
Dividend Policy........................           Taxation...............................
Market for Common Stock................           The Conversion.........................
Capitalization.........................           Restrictions on Acquisition    
Historical and Pro Forma                           of the Holding Company................
 Regulatory Capital Compliance.........           Description of Capital Stock   
Pro Forma Data.........................            of the Holding Company................
Shares to be Purchased by Management              Registration Requirements..............
 Pursuant to Subscription Rights.......           Legal and Tax Opinions.................
Peoples Building and Loan Association             Experts................................
 Statements of Income..................           Additional Information.................
Management's Discussion and                       Index to Consolidated          
 Analysis of Financial.................           Financial Statements...................
Condition and Results of Operations....           Glossary............................... G-1
 

   
[map of Indiana showing county boarders, with enlargement of Perry County
showing the location of Tell City appears here]

 
                                    SUMMARY

     The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion.
For additional information about the conversion and the stock offering, please
refer to the more detailed information in this prospectus.  For assistance,
please contact the stock  center at (___) ____________.  Throughout this
prospectus, Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A. in both its current and
converted form is referred to as the "Association" and PCB Holding Company is
referred to as the "Holding Company."  See the glossary at the back of this
prospectus for the definitions of certain terms that are printed in boldface
type the first time they appear in this prospectus.

PCB HOLDING COMPANY

     The Association formed the Holding Company under Indiana law in March 1998
for the purpose of owning all of the Association's capital stock following
completion of the conversion.  The Holding Company has received conditional
approval of the OTS to become a savings and loan holding company by acquiring
the capital stock of the Association in the conversion.  Before the completion
of the conversion, the Holding Company will not have any material assets or
liabilities and will not conduct any business other than business related to the
conversion.  After the conversion, the Holding Company's primary assets will be
all of the capital stock of the Association, and the net proceeds of the sale of
Holding Company's common stock remaining after acquiring the capital stock of
the Association. Initially, the primary activity of the Holding Company will be
to direct, plan and coordinate the Association's business activities.  In the
future, the Holding Company might become an operating company or acquire or
organize other operating subsidiaries, including other financial institutions.
The Holding Company's main office is located at 819 Main Street, Tell City,
Indiana 47586 and its telephone number is (812) 547-7094.

PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION, F.A.

     The Association was chartered in 1914 as an Indiana mutual building and
loan association, and in February 1998 became a federal mutual savings and loan
association.  Through the conversion, the Association will become a federal
stock savings bank and will change its name to Peoples Community Bank.  The
Association is located at 819 Main Street, Tell City, Indiana 47586 and its
telephone number is (812) 547-7094.

     The Association is regulated by the OTS and the FDIC.  The Association's
deposits have been federally-insured by the FDIC since 1936 and are currently
insured by the FDIC under the SAIF.  The Association has been a member of the
FHLB-System since 1933.

     The Association is a community oriented financial institution that operates
out of one office in Tell City, Indiana.  The Association's principal business
is attracting deposits from the general public and using those funds to
originate residential and other mortgage loans.  At December 31, 1997, the
Association had total assets of $22.0 million, deposits of $19.8 million and
total retained earnings of $2.1 million.  At that date, $16.9 million, or 85.7%,
of the Association's loans were one- to four-family mortgage loans and $16.4
million, or 82.7%, of the Association's deposits were certificates of deposit.
The Association also originates multi-family, commercial real estate, land and
residential construction loans, as well as loans secured by savings accounts.
In early 1998, the Association expanded its loan offering to include automobile
loans.  Later in 1998, the Association intends to offer additional secured and
unsecured consumer loans.  The Association also intends to introduce checking
accounts within the next six to nine months.  For a discussion of the
Association's business strategy and recent results of operations, see
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS."  For a discussion of the Association's business activities, see
"BUSINESS OF THE ASSOCIATION."

THE CONVERSION

     The conversion is a change in the Association's legal form of organization.
The Association currently operates as a federally chartered mutual savings and
loan association with no stockholders.  Through the conversion, the 

                                       1

 
Association will become a federally chartered stock savings bank and will issue
shares of its common stock to PCB Holding Company. As part of the conversion,
PCB Holding Company, as the Association's holding company, will issue shares of
its common stock to the public. The Association is undertaking the conversion
pursuant to its PLAN OF CONVERSION, which was approved by the OTS.

     Currently, the Association's depositor and borrower members have voting
rights in the Association and are entitled to elect directors of the Association
and to vote on other important matters.  After completion of the conversion,
depositors and borrowers will have no voting rights in the Association or the
Holding Company.  Following the conversion, the Holding Company will exercise
all voting rights with respect to the Association's common stock, and the
Holding Company's stockholders will elect the directors of the Holding Company
and exercise all other voting rights with respect to the Holding Company's
common stock.  The OTS has approved the conversion, subject to approval by the
Association's members at a special meeting to be held on _________, 1998.  For
further description of the conversion, see "THE CONVERSION."

REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION

     As a federal mutual savings association, the Association does not have
stockholders or the authority to issue capital stock.  By converting to the
stock form of organization, the Association will be structured in the form used
by commercial banks, most business entities and a growing number of savings
institutions.  The conversion will be important to the Association's future
growth and performance by providing a larger capital base from which it can
operate, by enhancing its ability to attract and retain qualified management
through stock-based compensation plans, by enhancing its ability to diversify
into other financial services related activities and by expanding its ability to
provide services to the public.  At this time, the Association does not have any
specific plans or arrangements for diversification or expansion.  See "THE
CONVERSION -- Reasons for the Conversion."

USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Holding Company will use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

     .  50% will be used to buy all of the common stock of the Association. The
        Association will use these funds for general corporate purposes,
        including making loans and purchasing investments similar to the kinds
        it currently holds.

     .  50% will be kept for general corporate purposes. These purposes may
        include, for example, purchasing investments similar to the kinds the
        Association currently holds, paying dividends or buying back shares of
        common stock, subject to applicable regulatory restrictions.

     For further discussion, see "USE OF PROCEEDS."

THE SUBSCRIPTION AND DIRECT COMMUNITY OFFERINGS

     The Holding Company is offering shares of its common stock in a
SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING to certain current and former depositor and borrower
customers of the Association.  Pursuant to its Plan of Conversion, the
Association has granted subscription rights in the following order of priority
in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements to:

     1. "Eligible Account Holders" -- the Association's depositors with $50 or
        more on deposit as of December 31, 1996.

     2. "Supplemental Eligible Account Holders" -- the Association's depositors
        with $50 or more on deposit as of March 31, 1998.

                                       2

 
     3. "Other Members" -- the Association's depositors as of _______ __, 1998
        and borrowers of the Association as of February 25, 1998 whose loans
        continue to be outstanding as of _______ __, 1998.

     Subscription rights are not transferable, and persons with subscription
     rights may not subscribe for shares for the benefit of any other person. If
     you violate this prohibition you may lose your right to purchase shares in
     the conversion and may be subject to criminal prosecution and/or other
     sanctions.

     The Subscription Offering will expire at 12:00 Noon, local time, on the
EXPIRATION DATE of ___________, 1998, unless extended by the Association and the
Holding Company for up to ___ days.  In the event of an oversubscription, shares
will be allocated in accordance with the Plan of Conversion.

     Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering may be offered to the general
public in a DIRECT COMMUNITY OFFERING.  Natural persons and trusts of natural
persons who are residents of Perry County, Indiana will have first preference to
purchase shares in the Direct Community Offering.  The Direct Community
Offering, if one is held, is expected to begin immediately after the conclusion
of the Subscription Offering, but may begin at any time during the Subscription
Offering.  The Subscription Offering, and the Direct Community Offering, if any,
are being managed by CAPITAL RESOURCES.  Capital Resources is a registered
broker-dealer and a member of the NASD.  Capital Resources is not obligated to
purchase any shares of common stock in this offering.  Shares not sold in the
Subscription Offering or Direct Community Offering may be offered for sale in a
SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING, which would be an offering to the general public
on a best efforts basis by a selling group of broker-dealers managed by Capital
Resources. See "THE CONVERSION -- The Subscription, Direct Community and
Syndicated Community Offerings."

STOCK PRICING AND NUMBER OF SHARES TO BE ISSUED IN THE CONVERSION

     Between 255,000 and 345,000 shares of the common stock will be sold, all at
a price of $10.00 per share.  You will not pay a commission to buy any shares in
the conversion.  With the approval of the OTS, the number of shares may be
increased to 396,750.

     The amount of common stock being offered in the conversion is based on an
independent appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the Holding
Company and the Association.  Capital Resources Group, Inc. ("CRG"), the
independent appraiser, has estimated that, in its opinion, as of March 6, 1998,
the aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Association
ranged between $2,550,000 and $3,450,000 (with a midpoint of $3,000,000)
("Estimated Valuation Range").  CRG is affiliated with Capital Resources.  The
pro forma market value is the market value of the Holding Company and the
Association after taking into account the sale of shares in this offering.  The
appraisal was based in part on the Association's financial condition and
operations and the effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of common
stock in this offering.  The independent appraisal will be updated prior to the
completion of the conversion.  If the pro forma market value of the Holding
Company and the Association changes to either below $2,550,000 or above
$3,967,500 (the adjusted maximum of the offering), you will be notified and
provided with the opportunity to modify or cancel your order.  The $10.00 per
share purchase price was determined by the Boards of Directors of the Holding
Company and the Association.  See "THE CONVERSION -- Stock Pricing and Number of
Shares to be Issued."

PURCHASE LIMITATIONS

     The minimum number of shares that you may purchase is 25 ($250).  The
maximum number of shares that you may purchase, either alone or together with
your associates or persons acting in concert with you, is 6,500 ($65,000). For
further discussion of the purchase limits and definitions of "associate" and
"acting in concert," see "THE CONVERSION -- Limitations on Purchases of Shares."

                                       3

 
PROCEDURE FOR PURCHASING COMMON STOCK

     To subscribe for shares of common stock in the Subscription Offering you
should send or deliver an original, signed stock order form together with full
payment (or appropriate instructions for withdrawal of full payment from
permitted deposit accounts, as described below) to the Association in the
postage-paid envelope provided so that the stock order form is received before
the end of the Subscription Offering.  You must also sign the certification that
is part of the stock order form.  Payment for shares may be made in cash (if
made in person) or by check or money order.  The Association will pay interest
at the rate it pays on passbook accounts from the date funds are received until
completion or termination of the conversion.  Subscribers who have deposit
accounts with the Association may include instructions on the stock order form
requesting withdrawal from such deposit account(s) to purchase shares.
Withdrawals from certificates of deposit may be made without incurring an early
withdrawal penalty.  All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts
with the Association will earn interest at the applicable account rate, but a
hold will be placed on such funds making them unavailable until the completion
of the conversion.  After the Association receives your order, your order cannot
be withdrawn or changed, except with the consent of the Association.

     To ensure that your subscription rights are properly identified, you must
list all qualifying savings accounts and loans, as of the respective qualifying
dates, on the stock order form.  Persons who do not list all qualifying savings
accounts and loans may be subject to reduction or rejection of their
subscription.

     The Holding Company and the Association have the discretion to accept or
reject orders received either through the Direct Community Offering or the
Syndicated Community Offering.  If your order is rejected in part, you will not
have the right to cancel the remainder of the order.

     Owners of self-directed IRAS may use the assets of their IRAs to purchase
shares of common stock in the conversion, provided that their IRAs are not
maintained on deposit with the Association.  If you want to use funds in a self-
directed IRA maintained by the Association to purchase shares of common stock,
you must transfer your account to an unaffiliated institution or broker.  If you
are interested in doing so, you should contact the Association's stock center at
least one week before the Expiration Date.

     For further information on how to purchase stock, see "THE CONVERSION --
Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Direct Community
Offerings."

PURCHASES BY OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     The Association expects its directors and executive officers and their
associates to subscribe for a total of 26,500 shares, which equals 8.8% of the
shares issued at the midpoint of the offering range.  The purchase price paid by
them will be the same $10.00 per share price as that paid by all other persons
who purchase shares in the conversion. See "SHARES TO BE PURCHASED BY MANAGEMENT
PURSUANT TO SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS."

BENEFITS OF THE CONVERSION TO MANAGEMENT

     MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION AND DEVELOPMENT PLAN.  The Holding Company expects
to seek stockholder approval of the MRDP no earlier than six months after
completion of the conversion.  The MRDP is a restricted stock plan that will
reserve a number of shares equal to 4% of the number of shares issued in the
conversion.  Pursuant to the MRDP, the Holding Company would be able to make
awards of shares of common stock to key employees and directors of the Holding
Company and the Association at no cost to the recipient.  All awards would be
subject to vesting over a period of years.  The size of individual awards will
be determined prior to submitting the MRDP for stockholder approval, and
disclosure of anticipated awards will be included in the proxy materials for
such meeting.  The Holding Company will recognize significant compensation
expense as a result of the adoption of the MRDP.  For additional information
about the MRDP, see "MANAGEMENT OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Benefits -- Management
Recognition Plan."  See also "RISK FACTORS -- New Expenses Associated With MRDP"
and "PRO FORMA DATA."

                                       4

 
     STOCK OPTION PLAN.  The Holding Company expects to seek stockholder
approval of a STOCK OPTION PLAN no earlier than six months after completion of
the conversion.  The Stock Option Plan will reserve a number of shares equal to
10% of the number of shares issued in the conversion.  Pursuant to the Stock
Option Plan, the Holding Company would be able to award options to acquire
shares of common stock to key employees and directors of the Holding Company and
the Association at no cost to the recipient.  The exercise price of such options
would be 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date the
option is granted.  All awards would be subject to vesting over a period of
years.  The size of individual awards will be determined prior to submitting the
Stock Option Plan for stockholder approval, and disclosure of anticipated awards
will be included in the proxy materials for such meeting. For additional
information about the Stock Option Plan, see "MANAGEMENT OF THE ASSOCIATION --
Benefits --Stock Option Plan."

     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS.  The Holding Company and the Association plan to
enter into employment agreements with Carl D. Smith, the Association's Chief
Executive Officer, and Clarke A. Blackford, the Association's Vice President and
Treasurer.  The employment agreements will provide certain benefits to the
officers if they are terminated following a change in control of the Holding
Company or the Association.  If there is a change in control of the Holding
Company or the Association, the officer will be entitled to a package of cash
and/or benefits with a maximum value equal to 2.99 times his average annual
compensation during the five-year period preceding the change in control.  If a
change in control had occurred as of December 31, 1997, the total value of the
severance benefits payable under the proposed employment agreements would have
been approximately $288,000.  See "RISK FACTORS -- Provisions of Employment
Agreements" and "MANAGEMENT OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Executive Compensation --
Employment Agreements."

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

     The Holding Company intends to list the common stock over-the-counter
either through the National Daily Quotation System "Pink Sheets" published by
the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. or through the OTC-Bulletin Board, and will
request that Capital Resources undertake to match offers to buy and offers to
sell the common stock.  Capital Resources intends to be a market maker for the
common stock.  However, the Holding Company cannot assure you that timely or
accurate quotations will be available.  Due to the small size of the offering
and the small number of shareholders expected, it is highly unlikely that there
will be an active trading market for the common stock.  See "RISK FACTORS --
Absence of Prior Market for Common Stock" and "MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK."

DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Holding Company intends to adopt a policy of paying regular cash
dividends following consummation of the conversion. However, the Board of
Directors has not made a decision as to the amount or timing of such dividends.
Dividends will be subject to determination and declaration by the Holding
Company's Board of Directors, which will take into account a number of factors,
including the Holding Company's consolidated operating results and financial
condition, net worth and capital requirements, as well as regulatory
restrictions on the payment of dividends from the Association to the Holding
Company (which would be a primary source of funds for the Holding Company). The
Holding Company cannot assure you that dividends will in fact be paid or that if
paid such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. For further
information about the payment of dividends, see "DIVIDEND POLICY."

                                       5

 
                                 RISK FACTORS

     Before investing in the common stock please carefully consider the matters
discussed below.  The common stock is not a savings account or deposit and is
not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

RELIANCE ON CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

     At December 31, 1997, $16.4 million, or 82.7%, of the Association's
deposits were certificates of deposit, of which $8.8 million mature within one
year.  As a result of the large percentage of certificates of deposit, the
average rate paid on the Association's deposits is higher than the average rate
paid by institutions that have more checking and savings accounts, which
generally pay lower rates of interest.  The Association's high cost of deposits
results in a lower interest rate spread and negatively impacts the Association's
profitability.  In addition, certificates of deposit can be a more interest rate
sensitive source of funds than checking or savings accounts.  If interest rates
rise significantly or if the Association does not offer competitive interest
rates on its certificates of deposit, the Association could experience a
significant decrease in its deposit accounts.

DEPENDENCE ON LOCAL ECONOMY AND LIMITED GROWTH PROSPECTS

     The Association focuses on serving customers in Perry County, Indiana,
which currently has a population of approximately 20,000.  Most of the
Association's loan portfolio consists of loans made to borrowers and
collateralized by properties located in Perry County.  Furthermore, most of the
Association's depositors reside in Perry County.  As a result of this
concentration, a downturn in the economy of Perry County or the surrounding area
could increase the risk of loss associated with the Association's loan
portfolio.  In addition, because the Association operates in a market area with
a small population and limited growth prospects, the Association's ability to
achieve loan and deposit growth is limited.

COMPETITION

     The Association faces intense competition both in making loans and
attracting deposits.  Competition for both loans and deposits principally comes
from the three commercial banks in Tell City, all of which are larger than the
Association.  All of the commercial banks in Tell City are affiliated with
multi-state bank holding companies and, therefore, have significantly greater
resources than the Association.  The Association is at a competitive
disadvantage due to its small size, insofar as the Association has fewer
resources to devote to marketing and is less able to take advantage of
technological advancements.  Competition may also result in a lower interest
rate spread.  In competing for loans, the Association may be forced periodically
to offer lower loan interest rates.  Conversely, in competing for deposits, the
Association may be forced to offer higher deposit interest rates periodically.
Either case or both cases could reduce the difference between the yield on the
Association's interest-earning assets and the cost of its interest-bearing
liabilities.  See "BUSINESS OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Competition."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     Mr. Carl D. Smith, President of the Association, and Mr. Clarke A.
Blackford, Vice President of the Association, have been instrumental in
directing the business strategy of the Association for over 20 years.  The loss
of either Mr. Smith or Mr. Blackford could have an adverse impact on the
operations of the Association.  Neither the Association nor the Holding Company
has obtained, or expects to obtain, a "key man" life insurance policy for either
officer.  The Holding Company and the Association intend to enter into three-
year employment agreements with Mr. Smith and Mr. Blackford.  See "MANAGEMENT OF
THE ASSOCIATION -- Executive Compensation -- Employment Agreements."  In
addition, subject to the approval of the MRDP and Stock Option Plan by
stockholders, the Holding Company anticipates granting stock options and
restricted stock to Mr. Smith and Mr. Blackford.  Such options and restricted
stock grants will vest over a period of years in accordance with the terms of
such plans.

                                       6

 
LIMITED MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     The Holding Company has never issued capital stock and, consequently, there
is no existing market for the common stock.  It is highly unlikely that an
active and liquid market for the common stock will develop after the conversion
because of the small size of the offering.  You should consider the potentially
illiquid and long-term nature of an investment in the common stock.
Furthermore, the Holding Company cannot guarantee that if you purchase shares in
the conversion you will be able to sell your shares at or above the $10.00
purchase price.  See "MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK."

INTEREST RATE RISK

     Changes in interest rates can have significant effects on the Association's
profitability.  The Association's ability to make a profit, like that of most
financial institutions, depends largely on its net interest income, which is the
difference between the interest income received from its interest-earning assets
(such as loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in
connection with its interest-bearing liabilities (such as deposits and
borrowings). The Association's net interest income and the market value of its
assets and liabilities could be significantly affected by changes in interest
rates.  In a rising interest rate environment, the Association anticipates that
its net interest income could be adversely affected as liabilities could reprice
to higher market rates more quickly than assets.  In addition, rising interest
rates may adversely affect the Association's earnings because they may cause a
decrease in customer demand for loans.  See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Asset and Liability
Management."

     Changes in interest rates also can affect the average life of loans and
mortgage-backed securities.  During periods of declining interest rates, loans
and mortgage-backed securities prepay faster as loans are prepaid and refinanced
at lower interest rates.  During such periods, the Association generally will
not be able to reinvest the proceeds of any such prepayments at comparable
yields.  Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the rate of
prepayments generally slows.  Moreover, volatility in interest rates also can
result in disintermediation, or the flow of funds away from savings institutions
into direct investments, such as U.S. Government and corporate securities and
other investment vehicles which, because of the absence of federal insurance
premiums and reserve requirements, generally pay higher rates of return than
savings institutions.

BELOW AVERAGE RETURN ON EQUITY AFTER CONVERSION

     Return on equity (net income divided by average equity) is a ratio used by
many investors to compare the performance of a particular company with other
companies.  The Holding Company's post-conversion return on equity will be below
the average return on equity for many publicly held savings associations and
banks.  In addition, the expenses associated with the MRDP, along with other
post-conversion expenses, are expected to limit earnings growth levels.  Over
time, the Holding Company intends to deploy the net proceeds from the conversion
to increase earnings per share and book value per share, without assuming undue
risk, with the goal of achieving a return on equity competitive with other
publicly traded savings associations.  This goal could take a number of years to
achieve, and the Holding Company cannot assure you that this goal can be
attained.  Consequently, you should not expect a competitive return on equity in
the near future.  See "SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION,"
"CAPITALIZATION" AND "PRO FORMA DATA."

NEW EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH MRDP

     If the MRDP is implemented, the Association will recognize additional
material employee compensation and benefit expenses that stem from the shares
granted to employees and executives under the plan.  The Association cannot
predict the actual amount of these new expenses because applicable accounting
practices require that they be based on the fair market value of the shares of
common stock when the shares are granted .  Expenses for the MRDP would be
recognized over the vesting period of awards made to recipients.  These expenses
have been reflected in the pro forma 

                                       7

 
financial information under "PRO FORMA DATA" assuming the $10.00 per share
purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, will be based on
the fair market value of the common stock, which may be higher or lower than
$10.00. For further discussion of these plans, see "MANAGEMENT OF THE
ASSOCIATION -- Benefits --Management Recognition and Development Plan."

POSSIBLE DILUTIVE EFFECT OF BENEFIT PROGRAMS

     If the conversion is completed and stockholders approve the MRDP and Stock
Option Plan, the Holding Company intends to issue shares to its officers and
directors through these plans.  If the shares for the MRDP are issued from
authorized but unissued stock instead of repurchased treasury shares, your
ownership interest could be diluted by up to approximately 3.85%.  If the shares
for the Stock Option Plan are issued from authorized but unissued stock, your
ownership interest could be diluted by up to approximately 9.09%.  In either
case, the issuance of additional shares would decrease net income per share and
stockholders' equity per share.  See "PRO FORMA DATA."

POSSIBLE VOTING CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     The 26,500 shares of common stock expected to be purchased by the
Association's directors and executive officers and their associates in the
conversion, combined with the shares expected to be awarded or sold to plan
participants under the MRDP and the Stock Option Plan, could ultimately result
in management and employees and their associates controlling up to approximately
22.8% of the outstanding shares of the common stock (assuming the sale of
300,000 shares in the conversion and that the shares issued under the MRDP and
the Stock Option Plan are repurchased treasury shares).  This voting control
could permit management to benefit from certain statutory and regulatory
provisions, as well as certain provisions in the Holding Company's Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws, that may tend to promote the continuity of existing
management.  If these individuals were to act as a group or in concert with each
other, they could have significant influence over the outcome of any stockholder
vote requiring a majority vote and in the election of directors and could
effectively exercise veto power in matters requiring the approval of
stockholders, such as certain business combinations.  Management might thus have
the power to authorize actions that may be viewed as contrary to the best
interests of non-affiliated holders of the common stock and might have veto
power over actions that such holders may deem to be in their best interests.
See "SHARES TO BE PURCHASED BY MANAGEMENT PURSUANT TO SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS,"
"MANAGEMENT OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Executive Compensation" and "RESTRICTIONS ON
ACQUISITION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY."

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS AND STATUTORY PROVISIONS THAT COULD DISCOURAGE HOSTILE
ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROL

     Provisions in the Holding Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,
the corporation law of the state of Indiana, and certain federal regulations may
make it difficult and expensive to pursue a tender offer, change in control or
takeover attempt that management opposes.  As a result, stockholders who might
desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do
so.  Such provisions will also make the removal of the current board of
directors or management of the Holding Company, or the appointment of new
directors, more difficult.  These provisions include: limitations on voting
rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of the Holding Company's common
stock; super-majority voting requirements for certain business combinations; the
election of directors to staggered terms of three years; and the removal of
directors without cause only upon the vote of holders of two-thirds of the
outstanding voting shares.  The Articles  of Incorporation of the Holding
Company also contain provisions regarding the timing and content of stockholder
proposals and nominations and limiting the calling of special meetings. See
"RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY."

PROVISIONS OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     The employment agreements with the two senior officers of the Holding
Company and the Association provide for cash severance payments and/or the
continuation of health, life and disability benefits in the event of their
termination of employment following a change in control of the Holding Company
or the Association.  If a change in 

                                       8

 
control had occurred at December 31, 1997, the aggregate value of the severance
benefits available to these executive officers under the agreements would have
been approximately $288,000. These arrangements may have the effect of
increasing the costs of acquiring the Holding Company, thereby discouraging
future attempts to take over the Holding Company or the Association. For
information about the proposed employment agreements, see "MANAGEMENT OF THE
ASSOCIATION -- Executive Compensation."

POSSIBLE INCREASE IN ESTIMATED VALUATION RANGE AND NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUED

     CRG may increase the Estimated Valuation Range up to 15% to reflect
material changes in the financial condition or results of operations of the
Association or changes in market conditions or general financial, economic or
regulatory conditions following the commencement of the offering.  If the
Estimated Valuation Range is increased, the Holding Company anticipates that it
would issue, without any additional notice, up to 396,750 shares of common stock
for an aggregate price of up to $3,967,500.  This increase in the number of
shares would decrease pro forma net earnings per share and stockholders' equity
per share, increase the Holding Company's pro forma consolidated stockholders'
equity and net earnings, and increase the purchase price as a percentage of pro
forma stockholders' equity per share and net earnings per share.  See "PRO FORMA
DATA."

RISK OF YEAR 2000 DATA PROCESSING PROBLEMS

     Computer programs that use only two digits to identify a year could fail or
create erroneous results by or at the year 2000.  All of the material data
processing of the Association that could be affected by this problem is provided
by a third party service bureau.  If the Association's service bureau is unable
to complete its year 2000 adjustments in a timely fashion and the Association is
unable to find a new service bureau, or if the Association's service bureau
does not successfully make all the necessary year 2000 adjustments, resulting
computer malfunctions could interrupt the operations of the Association and have
a significant adverse impact on the Association's financial condition and
results of operations.  See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - Year 2000 Issues."

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION REGULATION AND THE FUTURE OF THE THRIFT INDUSTRY

     The Association is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and
examination by the OTS and the FDIC. Legislation has been introduced into
Congress that would consolidate the OTS with the Office of the Comptroller of
the Currency, which regulates national banks.  If this or similar legislation is
enacted into law, the Association could be forced to become a state or national
bank and become subject to regulation by a different government agency.  If the
Association is required to change charters, its activities and investment
authority and the ability of the Holding Company to engage in diversified
activities may be altered or limited.  It is impossible at this time to predict
whether such legislation will be passed or the impact of any such legislation on
the operations of the Association and the Holding Company.

                                       9

 
                        SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following tables set forth certain information concerning the financial
position and results of operations of the Association at the dates and for the
periods indicated.  This information should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented elsewhere in this
prospectus.



                                                                           At December 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------------
                                                                  1997          1996           1995
                                                                 -----          ----           ----
                                                                          (In thousands)
                                                                                  
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Total assets...................................................  $21,989      $22,247      $24,115
Loans receivable, net..........................................   19,296       19,837       19,987
Mortgage-backed securities, held to maturity...................       20           27           34
Mortgage-backed securities, available for sale.................       --           --          475
Securities available for sale..................................    1,319          812          701
Cash and interest-bearing deposits(1)..........................      752          977        2,298
Deposits.......................................................   19,846       20,194       20,648
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank...........................        -            -        1,400
Total retained earnings........................................    2,092        2,018        2,036




                                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------------
                                                                  1997           1996         1995
                                                                 -------        ------        -----
                                                                          (In thousands)
                                                                                  
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:

Interest income................................................  $ 1,646      $ 1,726      $ 1,756
Interest expense...............................................    1,107        1,143        1,161
                                                                 -------      -------      -------

Net interest income............................................      539          583          595
Provision for loan losses......................................       --            8            4
                                                                 -------      -------      -------

Net interest income after provision for loan losses............      539          575          591

Non-interest income............................................        7           12           12
Non-interest expense...........................................      448        612(2)         527
                                                                 -------      -------      -------

Income before income taxes.....................................       98          (25)          76

Income tax expense (credit)....................................       28           (8)          18
                                                                 -------      -------      -------

Net income (loss)..............................................  $    70      $   (17)     $    58
                                                                 =======      =======      =======                        
 

___________________________
(1) Includes interest-bearing deposits in other depository institutions.
(2) Includes one-time SAIF assessment of $135,000.

                                       10

 


                                                                      At December 31,
                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                             1997           1996          1995         
                                                            -------       --------       ------
                                                                                           
SELECTED OTHER DATA:                                                                                   
                                                                                                       
Number of:                                                                                             
 Mortgage loans outstanding...............................     733            764          789           
 Deposit accounts.........................................   2,336          2,445        2,312           
 Offices..................................................       1              1            1           
 

 
 
                                                                 At or For the Year Ended               
                                                                        December 31,
                                                           ------------------------------------
                                                             1997           1996         1995        
                                                           -------        -------       -------      
                                                                                
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS:                                                                           
                                                                                                     
Performance Ratios:                                                                                  
Return on average assets(1)...............................    0.31%        (0.07%)        0.24%      
Return on average retained earnings(2)....................    3.23         (0.78)         2.73       
Average retained earnings as a percent of average assets..    9.46          9.36          8.78       
Interest rate spread(3)...................................    1.97          2.14          2.14       
Net interest margin(4)....................................    2.43          2.59          2.54       
Average interest-earning assets to                                                                   
 average interest-bearing liabilities.....................  109.19        108.83        108.03       
Non-interest expense as a                                                                            
 percent of average total assets..........................    1.95          2.63          2.18       
                                                                                                     
Capital Ratios:                                                                                      
Tangible..................................................    9.59          9.16          8.64       
Core......................................................    9.59          9.16          8.64       
Risk-based................................................   18.16         17.63         14.89       
                                                                                                     
Asset Quality Ratios:                                                                                
Nonperforming loans as a percent                                                                     
 of loans receivable, net(5)..............................    0.00          0.42          0.22       
Nonperforming assets as a                                                                            
 percent of total assets(6)...............................    0.00          0.37          0.19       
Allowance for loan losses as a percent                                                               
 of gross loans receivable................................    0.26          0.26          0.22       
Allowance for loan losses as a                                                                       
 percent of nonperforming loans...........................     N/M         62.65         97.76       
Net charge-offs as a percent of                                                                      
 average outstanding loans................................    0.01          0.00          0.06       
 

_____________________
(1)  Net income divided by average total assets.
(2)  Net income divided by average total retained earnings.
(3)  Difference between weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and
     weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)  Net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(5)  Nonperforming loans consist of loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
     and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
(6)  Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and real estate
     acquired in settlement of loans. See "BUSINESS OF THE ASSOCIATION --
     Lending Activities -- Nonperforming Assets and Delinquencies."

                                       11

 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the common stock offered hereby are
estimated to range from $2.2 million to $3.1million, or up to $3.7 million if
the Estimated Valuation Range is increased by 15%.  See "PRO FORMA DATA" for the
assumptions used to arrive at such amounts.  The Holding Company has received
conditional OTS approval to purchase all of the capital stock of the Association
to be issued in the conversion in exchange for 50% of the net proceeds of the
conversion.  This will result in the Holding Company retaining approximately
$1.1 million to $1.6 million of net proceeds, or up to $1.8 million if the
Estimated Valuation Range is increased by 15%, and the Association receiving an
equal amount.

     Receipt of 50% of the net proceeds of the sale of the common stock will
increase the Association's capital and will support the expansion of the
Association's existing business activities.  The Association will use the funds
contributed to it for general corporate purposes, including, initially, lending
and investment in short-term U.S. Government and agency obligations.  Depending
on loan demand, the Association may consider using a portion of the conversion
proceeds for investment in mortgage-backed securities.

     The remaining net proceeds retained by the Holding Company initially will
be invested primarily in short-term U.S. Government and agency obligations.
Such proceeds will be available for additional contributions to the Association
in the form of debt or equity, to support future diversification activities, as
a source of dividends to the stockholders of the Holding Company and for future
repurchases of common stock to the extent permitted under Indiana law and
federal regulations.

     Following consummation of the conversion, the Board of Directors will have
the authority to adopt plans for repurchases of common stock, subject to
statutory and regulatory requirements.  Since the Holding Company has not yet
issued stock, there currently is insufficient information upon which an
intention to repurchase stock could be based. The facts and circumstances upon
which the Board of Directors may determine to repurchase stock in the future
would include but are not limited to:  (i) market and economic factors such as
the price at which the stock is trading in the market, the volume of trading,
the attractiveness of other investment alternatives in terms of the rate of
return and risk involved in the investment, the ability to increase the book
value and/or earnings per share of the remaining outstanding shares, and the
ability to improve the Holding Company's return on equity; (ii) the avoidance of
dilution to stockholders by not having to issue additional shares to cover the
exercise of stock options or to fund employee stock benefit plans; and (iii) any
other circumstances in which repurchases would be in the best interests of the
Holding Company and its stockholders.  Any stock repurchases will be subject to
a determination by the Board of Directors that both the Holding Company and the
Association will be capitalized in excess of all applicable regulatory
requirements after any such repurchases and that capital will be adequate,
taking into account, among other things, the Association's level of
nonperforming and classified assets, the Holding Company's and the Association's
current and projected results of operations and asset/liability structure, the
economic environment and tax and other regulatory considerations.  For a
discussion of the regulatory limitations applicable to stock repurchases, see
"THE CONVERSION -- Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock."


                                DIVIDEND POLICY

GENERAL

     The Holding Company's Board of Directors intends to adopt a policy of
paying regular cash dividends following consummation of the conversion.
However, the Board of Directors has not made a decision as to the amount or
timing of such dividends.  In addition, the Board of Directors may determine to
pay periodic special cash dividends in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash
dividends.  Declarations or payments of any dividends (regular and special) will
be subject to determination by the Holding Company's Board of Directors, which
will take into account the amount of the net proceeds retained by the Holding
Company, the Holding Company's financial condition, results of operations, 

                                       12

 
tax considerations, capital requirements, industry standards, economic
conditions and other factors, including the regulatory restrictions that affect
the payment of dividends by the Association to the Holding Company discussed
below. Under Indiana law, the Holding Company will be permitted to pay cash
dividends after the conversion so long as the Holding Company is able to pay its
debts as they come due in the usual course of business and the Holding Company's
assets are greater than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that
would be needed, if the Holding Company were to be dissolved at the time of the
dividend, to satisfy any rights that are preferential to those of the persons
receiving the dividend. In order to pay such cash dividends, however, the
Holding Company must have available cash either from the net proceeds raised in
the conversion and retained by the Holding Company, borrowings by the Holding
Company, dividends received from the Association or earnings on Holding Company
assets. No assurances can be given that any dividends, either regular or
special, will be declared or, if declared, what the amount of dividends will be
or whether such dividends, if commenced, will continue.

CURRENT RESTRICTIONS

     Dividends from the Holding Company will depend, in part, upon receipt of
dividends from the Association because the Holding Company initially will have
no source of income other than dividends from the Association and earnings from
the investment of the net proceeds from the offering retained by the Holding
Company.  OTS regulations require the Association to give the OTS 30 days'
advance notice of any proposed declaration of dividends to the Holding Company,
and the OTS has the authority under its supervisory powers to prohibit the
payment of dividends to the Holding Company.  The OTS imposes certain
limitations on the payment of dividends from the Association to the Holding
Company which utilize a three-tiered approach that permits various levels of
distributions based primarily upon a savings association's capital level.  The
Association currently meets the criteria to be designated a Tier 1 association,
as hereinafter defined, and consequently could at its option (after prior notice
to and no objection made by the OTS) distribute up to 100% of its net income
during the calendar year plus 50% of its surplus capital ratio at the beginning
of the calendar year less any distributions previously paid during the year.  In
addition, the Association may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its capital
stock if the effect thereof would be to reduce the regulatory capital of the
Association below the amount required for the liquidation account to be
established pursuant to the Association's Plan of Conversion.  See "REGULATION -
Federal Regulation of Savings Associations - Limitations on Capital
Distributions," "THE CONVERSION - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on
Depositors and Borrowers of the Association - Liquidation Account" and Note 16
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

     Additionally, in connection with the conversion, the Holding Company and
the Association have committed to the OTS that during the one-year period
following consummation of the conversion, the Holding Company will not take any
action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be
treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax
purposes.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     In addition to the foregoing, retained earnings of the Association
appropriated to bad debt reserves and deducted for federal income tax purposes
cannot be used by the Association to pay cash dividends to the Holding Company
without the payment of federal income taxes by the Association at the then
current income tax rate on the amount deemed distributed, which would include
the amounts of any federal income taxes attributable to the distribution.  See
"TAXATION - Federal Taxation" and Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included  elsewhere herein.  The Holding Company does not contemplate
any distribution by the Association that would result in a recapture of the
Association's bad debt reserve or create the above-mentioned federal tax
liabilities.

                                       13

 
                            MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

     The Holding Company has never issued capital stock and, consequently, there
is no existing market for the common stock.  The Holding Company intends to list
the common stock over-the-counter through either the National Daily Quotation
System "Pink Sheets" published by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. or the
OTC-Bulletin Board and to request that Capital Resources undertake to match
offers to buy and offers to sell the common stock.  Capital Resources has agreed
to make a market for the Holding Company's common stock following consummation
of the conversion, although it has no obligation to do so.  However, there can
be no assurance that timely and accurate quotations will be available.  The
development of a liquid public market depends on the existence of willing buyers
and sellers, the presence of which is not within the control of the Holding
Company, the Association or any market maker. Because of the small size of the
offering, it is highly unlikely that an active and liquid market for the common
stock will develop.  The number of active buyers and sellers of the common stock
at any particular time may be limited.  Under such circumstances, you could have
difficulty disposing of your shares on short notice and should not view the
common stock as a short-term investment.  Furthermore, there can be no assurance
that you will be able to sell your shares at or above the $10.00 purchase price.

                                       14

 
                                CAPITALIZATION

     The following table presents the historical capitalization of the
Association at December 31, 1997, and the pro forma consolidated capitalization
of the Holding Company after giving effect to the assumptions set forth under
"PRO FORMA DATA," based on the sale of the number of shares of common stock at
the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the Estimated
Valuation Range.  The shares that would be issued at the maximum, as adjusted,
of the Estimated Valuation Range would be subject to receipt of OTS approval of
an updated appraisal confirming such valuation.  A CHANGE IN THE NUMBER OF
SHARES TO BE ISSUED IN THE CONVERSION MAY MATERIALLY AFFECT PRO FORMA
CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION.



                                                                             Holding Company                                      
                                                                   Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization                     
                                                                           Based Upon the Sale of                            
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------            
                                                             255,000       300,000       345,000      396,750                
                                Capitalization               Shares at     Shares at     Shares at    Shares at              
                                    as of                    $10.00        $10.00        $10.00       $10.00                 
                               December 31, 1997             Per Share(1)  Per Share(1)  Per Share(1) Per Share(2)           
                               ----------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------ ------------           
                                                                           (In thousands)                                    
                                                                                                           
Deposits(3).....................           $19,846             $ 19,846      $ 19,846      $ 19,846     $ 19,846 
                                         =========             ========      ========     =========     ========   
                                                                                                                 
Stockholders' equity:                                                                                            
                                                                                                                 
 Preferred stock:                                                                                                
  1,000,000 shares, $.01                                                                                         
  par value per share,                                                                                           
  authorized; none issued                                                                                        
  or outstanding................           $     -             $      -      $      -      $      -     $      - 
                                                                                                                 
 Common stock:                                                                                                   
  5,000,000 shares, $.01 par                                                                                     
  value per share, authorized;                                                                                   
  specified number of shares                                                                                     
  assumed to be issued and                                                                                       
  outstanding(4)................                --                    3             3             3            4 
                                                                                                                 
 Additional paid-in capital.....                --                2,232         2,682         3,132        3,649 
                                                                                                                 
 Total retained earnings(5).....             2,092                2,092         2,092         2,092        2,092 
 Less:                                                                                                           
  Common Stock to be acquired                                                                                    
   by MRDP(6)...................                 -                 (102)         (120)         (138)        (159)
                                         ---------             --------      --------     ---------     -------- 
                                                                                                                 
Total stockholders' equity......           $ 2,092             $  4,225      $  4,657      $  5,089     $  5,586 
                                         =========             ========      ========     =========     ========   


                         (footnotes on following page)

                                       15

 
____________________
(1) Does not reflect the possible increase in the Estimated Valuation Range to
    reflect material changes in the financial condition or results of operations
    of the Association or changes in market conditions or general financial,
    economic and regulatory conditions, or the issuance of additional shares
    under the Stock Option Plan.
(2) This column represents the pro forma capitalization of the Holding Company
    in the event the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued in the
    conversion is 15% above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range. See
    "PRO FORMA DATA" and Footnote 1 thereto.
(3) Withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of common stock are not
    reflected.  Such withdrawals will reduce pro forma deposits by the amounts
    thereof.
(4) The Association's authorized capital will consist solely of 1,000 shares of
    common stock, par value $1.00 per share, 1,000 shares of which will be
    issued to the Holding Company, and 9,000 shares of preferred stock, no par
    value per share, none of which will be issued in connection with the
    conversion.
(5) Retained earnings are substantially restricted by applicable regulatory
    capital requirements.  Additionally, the Association will be prohibited from
    paying any dividend that would reduce its regulatory capital below the
    amount in the liquidation account, which will be established for the benefit
    of the Association's Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible
    Account Holders at the time of the conversion and adjusted downward
    thereafter as such account holders reduce their balances or cease to be
    depositors.  See "THE CONVERSION -- Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on
    Depositors and Borrowers of the Association -- Liquidation Account."
(6) Assumes the purchase in the open market at $10.00 per share, pursuant to the
    proposed MRDP, of a number of shares equal to 4% of the shares of common
    stock issued in the conversion at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15%
    above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range.  The issuance of an
    additional 4% of the shares of common stock for the MRDP from authorized but
    unissued shares would dilute the ownership interest of stockholders by
    3.85%.  The shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders' equity.
    See "RISK FACTORS --Possible Dilutive Effect of Benefit Programs," "PRO
    FORMA DATA" and "MANAGEMENT OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Benefits -- Management
    Recognition and Development Plan."  The MRDP is subject to stockholder
    approval, which is expected to be sought at a meeting to be held no earlier
    than six months following consummation of the conversion.

                                       16

 
            HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     The following table presents the Association's historical and pro forma
capital position relative to its capital requirements at December 31, 1997.  The
amount of capital infused into the Association for purposes of the following
table is 50% of the net proceeds of the offering.  For purpose of the table
below, the cost of the shares expected to be acquired by the MRDP is deducted
from pro forma regulatory capital.  For a discussion of the assumptions
underlying the pro forma capital calculations presented below, see "USE OF
PROCEEDS," "CAPITALIZATION" and "PRO FORMA DATA."  The definitions of the terms
used in the table are those provided in the capital regulations issued by the
OTS.  For a discussion of the capital standards applicable to the Association,
see "REGULATION -- Federal Regulation of Savings Associations -- Capital
Requirements."



                                                                             PRO FORMA AT DECEMBER 31, 1997     
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Minimum of Estimated    Midpoint of Estimated  Maximum of Estimated
                                                       Valuation Range        Valuation Range        Valuation Range   
                                                   ---------------------    ---------------------  --------------------
                                                      255,000 shares         300,000 shares         345,000 shares     
                             December 31, 1997     at $10.00 Per Share      at $10.00 Per Share    at $10.00 Per Share 
                             -----------------    ----------------------    ---------------------  --------------------
                                    Percent of              Percent of              Percent of              Percent of  
                                      Adjusted               Adjusted                Adjusted                Adjusted  
                                        Total                 Total                   Total                    Total   
                             Amount    Assets (1) Amount     Assets (1)    Amount   Assets (1)    Amount    Assets (1) 
                             ------    ---------- ------     ----------    ------   ----------    ------    -----------  
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)                                   
                                                                                            
GAAP capital(2)............  $2,092     9.51%     $3,107     13.51%        $3,314     14.28%      $3,521     15.04%       
                                                                                                                            
Tangible capital(2)........  $2,110     9.59%     $3,125     13.57%        $3,332     14.34%      $3,539     15.10%       
Tangible capital                                                                                                            
 requirement...............     330     1.50         345      1.50            348      1.50          352      1.50        
                             ------    -----      ------     -----         ------     -----       ------     -----        
Excess.....................  $1,780     8.09%     $2,780     12.07%        $2,984     12.84%      $3,187     13.60%       
                             ======    =====      ======     =====         ======     =====       ======     =====        
                                                                                                                            
Core capital(2)............  $2,110     9.59%     $3,125     13.57%        $3,332     14.34%      $3,539     15.10%       
Core capital requirement(3)     660     3.00         691      3.00            697      3.00          703      3.00        
                             ------    -----      ------     -----         ------     -----       ------     -----        
Excess.....................  $1,450     6.59%     $2,434     10.57%        $2,635     11.34%      $2,836     12.10%       
                             ======    =====      ======     =====         ======     =====       ======     =====        
                                                                                                                            
Total capital(4)...........  $2,161    20.14%     $3,176     29.05%        $3,383     30.83%      $3,590     32.59%       
Risk-based                                                                                                             
 capital requirement.......     858     8.00         876      8.00            878      8.00          881      8.00        
                             ------    -----      ------     -----         ------     -----       ------     -----        
Excess.....................  $1,303    12.14%     $2,300     21.05%        $2,505     22.83%      $2,709     24.59%       
                             ======    =====      ======     =====         ======     =====       ======     =====        

 
                             --------------------
                                  15% above
                             Maximum of Estimate
                              Valuation Range   
                             -------------------
                              396,750 shares    
                             at $10.00 Per Share
                             -------------------
                                     Percent of 
                                       Adjusted
                                        Total  
                             Amount  Assets (1) 
                             ------  -----------
                                      
GAAP capital(2)............  $3,759     15.89% 
                                                
Tangible capital(2)........  $3,777     15.95% 
Tangible capital                                
 requirement...............     355      1.50 
                              ------    ------
Excess.....................  $3,422     14.45%
                              ======    ======
                                              
Core capital(2)............  $3,777     15.95%
Core capital requirement(3)     710      3.00 
                              ------    ------
Excess.....................  $3,067     12.95%
                              ======    ======
                                              
Total capital(4)...........  $3,828     34.60%
Risk-based                                    
 capital requirement.......     885      8.00 
                              ------    ------
Excess.....................  $2,943     26.60%
                              ======    ======  
 

 -------------------------              
 (1) Tangible capital levels and core capital levels are shown as a percentage
     of adjusted total assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a
     percentage of risk-weighted assets.
 (2) An unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes, accounts
     for the difference between GAAP capital and each of tangible capital and
     core capital.
 (3) The current OTS core capital requirement for savings associations is 3% of
     total adjusted assets. The OTS has proposed core capital requirements which
     would require a core capital ratio of 3% of total adjusted assets for
     thrifts that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and
     soundness and a core capital ratio of 4% to 5% for all other thrifts.
 (4) Percentage represents total core and supplementary capital divided by total
     risk-weighted assets. Assumes net proceeds are invested in assets that
     carry a 20% risk-weighting.

                                       17

 
                                 PRO FORMA DATA

     Under the Plan of Conversion, the common stock must be sold at a price
equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the
Association as converted, based upon an independent valuation.  The Estimated
Valuation Range as of March 6, 1998 is from a minimum of $2,550,000 to a maximum
of $3,450,000 with a midpoint of $3,000,000.  At a price per share of $10.00,
this results in a minimum number of shares of 255,000, a maximum number of
shares of 345,000 and a midpoint number of shares of 300,000.  The actual net
proceeds from the sale of the common stock cannot be determined until the
conversion is completed. However, net proceeds set forth on the following table
are based upon the following assumptions: (i) all of the common stock will be
sold in the Subscription and Direct Community Offerings; and (ii) conversion
expenses, including the fees paid to Capital Resources, will total approximately
$315,000 at each of the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the Estimated
Valuation Range.  Actual expenses may vary from this estimate, and the fees paid
will depend upon the percentages and total number of shares sold in the
Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering and Syndicated Community
Offering and other factors.

     The following table summarizes the historical net income and retained
earnings of the Association and the pro forma consolidated net income and
stockholders' equity of the Holding Company at and for the year ended December
31, 1997, based on the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the Estimated Valuation
Range and based on a 15% increase in the maximum of the Estimated Valuation
Range.  The pro forma consolidated net income of the Association for the year
ended December 31, 1997 has been calculated as if the conversion had been
consummated at the beginning of the period and the estimated net proceeds
received by the Holding Company and the Association had been invested at 5.5% at
the beginning of the period, which represents the one-year U.S. Treasury Bill
yield as of December 31, 1997. While OTS regulations provide for the use of a
yield representing the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned
by the Association on its interest-earning assets and the rates paid on its
deposits, the Holding Company believes that the U.S. Treasury Bill yield
represents a more realistic yield on the initial investment of the conversion
proceeds. As discussed under "USE OF PROCEEDS," the Holding Company expects to
retain 50% of the net proceeds of the offering.  A pro forma after-tax return of
3.74% is used for both the Holding Company and the Association for the period,
after giving effect to an incremental combined federal and state income tax rate
of 32.0%.  Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by
dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the number of shares of common
stock indicated in the footnotes to the table.  Per share amounts have been
computed as if the common stock had been outstanding at the beginning of the
respective periods or at December 31, 1997, but without any adjustment of per
share historical or pro forma stockholders' equity to reflect the earnings on
the estimated net proceeds.

     No effect has been given to: (i) the shares to be reserved for issuance
under the Stock Option Plan, which is expected to be voted upon by stockholders
at a meeting to be held no earlier than six months following consummation of the
conversion; (ii) withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing
common stock in the conversion; (iii) the issuance of shares from authorized but
unissued shares to the MRDP, which is expected to be voted upon by stockholders
at a meeting to be held no earlier than six months following consummation of the
conversion; or (iv) the establishment of a liquidation account for the benefit
of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  See
"MANAGEMENT OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Benefits -- Stock Option Plan" and "THE
CONVERSION -- Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued."

          THE FOLLOWING PRO FORMA INFORMATION MAY NOT BE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
FINANCIAL EFFECTS OF THE CONVERSION AT THE DATE ON WHICH THE CONVERSION ACTUALLY
OCCURS AND SHOULD NOT BE TAKEN AS INDICATIVE OF FUTURE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY REPRESENTS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE STATED AMOUNTS OF
CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF THE HOLDING COMPANY COMPUTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH GAAP.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY HAS NOT BEEN INCREASED OR DECREASED
TO REFLECT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE CARRYING VALUE OF LOANS AND OTHER ASSETS
AND MARKET VALUE.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY IS NOT INTENDED TO REPRESENT FAIR MARKET
VALUE NOR DOES IT REPRESENT AMOUNTS THAT WOULD BE AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION TO
STOCKHOLDERS IN THE EVENT OF LIQUIDATION.

                                       18

 


                                                              At or For the Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Minimum of   Midpoint of   Maximum of       15% Above
                                                       Estimated    Estimated     Estimated       Maximum of
                                                       Valuation    Valuation     Valuation       Estimated
                                                         Range        Range         Range      Valuation Range
                                                      -----------  ------------  -----------  ------------------
                                                      255,000      300,000       345,000      396,750(1)
                                                      Shares       Shares        Shares       Shares
                                                      at $10.00    at $10.00     at $10.00    at $10.00
                                                      Per Share    Per Share     Per Share    Per Share
                                                      ----------   -----------   ----------   ---------------
                                                                   (In thousands, except per share amounts)
                                                                                   
Gross proceeds......................................    $  2,550      $  3,000     $  3,450          $  3,968
Less: estimated expenses............................        (315)         (315)        (315)             (315)
                                                        --------      --------     --------          --------
Estimated net proceeds..............................       2,235         2,685        3,135             3,653
Less: Common stock to be acquired by MRDP...........        (102)         (120)        (138)             (159)
                                                        --------      --------     --------          --------
     Net investable proceeds(2).....................    $  2,133      $  2,565     $  2,997          $  3,494
                                                        ========      ========     ========          ========
 
Consolidated net income:
 Historical.........................................    $     70      $     70     $     70          $     70
 Pro forma income on net proceeds...................          80            96          112               131
 Pro forma MRDP adjustments(3)......................         (14)          (16)         (19)              (22)
                                                        --------      --------     --------          --------
   Pro forma net income.............................    $    136      $    150     $    163          $    179
                                                        ========      ========     ========          ========
 
Consolidated net income per share (4)(5):
 Historical.........................................    $   0.27      $   0.23     $   0.21          $   0.18
 Pro forma income on net proceeds...................        0.31          0.32         0.32              0.33
 Pro forma MRDP adjustments(3)......................       (0.05)        (0.05)       (0.06)            (0.06)
                                                        --------      --------     --------          --------
   Pro forma net income per share...................    $   0.53      $   0.50     $   0.47          $   0.45
                                                        ========      ========     ========          ========
 
Consolidated stockholders' equity (book value):
 Historical.........................................    $  2,092      $  2,092     $  2,092          $  2,092
 Estimated net proceeds.............................       2,235         2,685        3,135             3,653
 Less: Common stock to be acquired by MRDP(3).......        (102)         (120)        (138)             (159)
                                                        --------      --------     --------          --------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity(6)................    $  4,225      $  4,657     $  5,089          $  5,586
                                                        ========      ========     ========          ========
 
Consolidated stockholders' equity per share(3)(4):
 Historical(5)......................................    $   8.21      $   6.97     $   6.06          $   5.27
 Estimated net proceeds.............................        8.76          8.95         9.09              9.21
 Less: Common stock to be acquired by MRDP(3).......       (0.40)        (0.40)       (0.40)            (0.40)
                                                        --------      --------     --------          --------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(7)......    $  16.57      $  15.52     $  14.75          $  14.08
                                                        ========      ========     ========          ========
 
Purchase price as a percentage of pro forma
 stockholders' equity per share.....................       60.35%        64.43%       67.80%            71.02%
 
Purchase price as a multiple of pro forma
 net income per share...............................       18.87x        20.00x       21.28x            22.22x


_________________
(1)  Gives effect to the sale of an additional 51,750 shares in the conversion,
     which may be issued to cover an increase in the pro forma market value of
     the Holding Company and the Association as converted, without the
     resolicitation of subscribers or any right of cancellation.  The issuance
     of such additional shares will be conditioned on a determination by CRG
     that such issuance is compatible with its determination of the estimated
     pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Association as
     converted.  See "THE CONVERSION -- Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be
     Issued."
(2)  No effect has been given to withdrawals from savings accounts for the
     purpose of purchasing common stock in the conversion.  Since funds on
     deposit at the Association may be withdrawn to purchase shares of common
     stock (which will reduce deposits by the amount of such purchases), the net
     amount of funds available to the Association for investment following
     receipt of the net proceeds of the conversion will be reduced by the amount
     of such withdrawals.
(3)  In calculating the pro forma effect of the MRDP, it is assumed that the
     required stockholder approval has been received, that the shares were
     acquired by the MRDP at the beginning of the period presented in open
     market purchases at the $10.00 per share purchase price, that 20% of the
     amount contributed was an amortized expense 

                                       19

 
     during such period, and that the combined federal and state income tax rate
     is 32%. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of the common stock
     instead of open market purchases would dilute the voting interests of
     existing stockholders by approximately 3.85% and pro forma net income per
     share would be $0.53, $0.49, $0.47 and $0.45 at the minimum, midpoint,
     maximum and 15% above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range for the
     year ended December 31, 1997, respectively, and pro forma stockholders'
     equity per share would be $16.32, $15.31, $14.57 and $13.92 at the minimum,
     midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation
     Range at December 31, 1997, respectively. Shares issued under the MRDP vest
     20% per year and for purposes of this table compensation expense is
     recognized on a straight-line basis over each vesting period. In the event
     the fair market value per share is greater than $10.00 per share on the
     date shares are awarded under the MRDP, total MRDP expense would increase.
     The total estimated MRDP expense was multiplied by 20% (the total percent
     of shares for which expense is recognized in the first year) resulting in
     pre-tax MRDP expense of $20,400, $24,000, $27,600 and $31,740 at the
     minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of the Estimated
     Valuation Range for the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively. No
     effect has been given to the shares reserved for issuance under the
     proposed Stock Option Plan.
(4)  Per share amounts are based upon shares outstanding of 255,000, 300,000,
     345,000 and 396,750 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the
     maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range, respectively.
(5)  Historical per share amounts have been computed as if the shares of common
     stock expected to be issued in the conversion had been outstanding at the
     beginning of the period or on the date shown, but without any adjustment of
     historical net income or historical retained earnings to reflect the
     investment of the estimated net proceeds of the sale of shares in the
     conversion, the proposed MRDP expense, as described above.
(6)  "Book value" represents the difference between the stated amounts of the
     Association's assets and liabilities.  The amounts shown do not reflect the
     liquidation account which will be established for the benefit of Eligible
     Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the
     conversion, or the federal income tax consequences of the restoration to
     income of the Association's special bad debt reserves for income tax
     purposes which would be required in the unlikely event of liquidation.  See
     "THE CONVERSION -- Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and
     Borrowers of the Association" and "TAXATION."  The amounts shown for book
     value do not represent fair market values or amounts distributable to
     stockholders in the unlikely event of liquidation.
(7)  Does not represent possible future price appreciation or depreciation of
     the common stock.

                                       20

 
     SHARES TO BE PURCHASED BY MANAGEMENT PURSUANT TO SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

     The following table sets forth certain information as to the approximate
purchases of common stock by each director and executive officer of the
Association, including their associates, as defined by applicable regulations.
No individual has entered into a binding agreement with respect to such intended
purchases, and, therefore, actual purchases could be more or less than indicated
below.  Directors and officers of the Association and their associates may not
purchase in excess of 35% of the shares sold in the conversion.  For purposes of
the following table, it has been assumed that sufficient shares will be
available to satisfy subscriptions in all categories.  Directors, officers,
their associates and employees will pay the same price as all other subscribers
for the shares that they purchase.



                                                                               Percent of        Percent of
                                                                               Shares at         Shares at
                                                                               Minimum of        Maximum of
           Name and             Anticipated Number of   Anticipated Dollar     Estimated         Estimated
           Position              Shares Purchased (1)    Amount Purchased   Valuation Range   Valuation Range
           --------             ---------------------   ------------------  ---------------   ---------------
                                                                                  
James L. Wittmer                        3,500              $ 35,000             1.37%             1.01%
  Chairman of the Board
 
Carl D. Smith                           2,000                20,000             0.78              0.58
  President, Chief Executive
  Officer and Director
 
Marion L. Ress                          6,500                65,000             2.55              1.88
  Director
 
Howard L. Traphagen                     6,500                65,000             2.55              1.88
  Director
 
James G. Tyler                          3,000                30,000             1.18              0.87
  Director
 
Daniel P. Lutgring                      4,000                40,000             1.57              1.16
  Director
 
Clarke A. Blackford                     1,000                10,000             0.39              0.29
  Vice President
  and Treasurer
                                       ------              --------            -----              ----
                   Total               26,500              $265,000            10.39%             7.68%
                                       ======              ========            =====              ====
 
 
___________
(1)  Does not include any shares to be awarded pursuant to the MRDP or options
     to acquire shares pursuant to the Stock Option Plan.

                                       21

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

     The following Consolidated Statements of Income of Peoples Building and
Loan Association for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 have been
audited by Monroe Shine & Co., Inc., independent auditors, whose report thereon
appears elsewhere in this prospectus.  These statements should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes
included elsewhere herein.



                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                                         -------------------------
                                                            1997          1996
                                                         -----------  ------------
                                                                
INTEREST INCOME
Loans:
   Real estate mortgage loans..........................   $1,479,590   $1,571,123
   Other loans.........................................       13,961       15,320
Mortgage-backed securities.............................        1,837       21,324
Other debt securities..................................       83,404       41,800
Federal Home Loan Bank dividends.......................       15,666       15,345
Interest bearing deposits with banks...................       51,443       61,021
                                                          ----------   ----------
   Total interest income...............................    1,645,901    1,725,933
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits...............................................    1,091,908    1,128,689
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank...................       14,711       14,653
                                                          ----------   ----------
   Total interest expense..............................    1,106,619    1,143,342
                                                          ----------   ----------

   Net interest income.................................      539,282      582,591
Provision for loan losses..............................            -        8,000
                                                          ----------   ----------
  Net interest income after provision for loan losses..      539,282      574,591
 
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Net realized securities gain...........................            -          760
Gain on sale of restricted equity security.............            -        4,840
Other income...........................................        7,215        6,695
                                                          ----------   ----------
   Total non-interest income...........................        7,215       12,295
                                                          ----------   ----------
 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
Compensation and benefits..............................      268,960      251,583
Occupancy and equipment................................       45,229       53,266
Deposit insurance premiums.............................       10,168      181,879
Other operating expenses...............................      123,596      124,756
                                                          ----------   ----------
   Total non-interest expenses.........................      447,953      611,484
                                                          ----------   ----------
 
   Income (loss) before income taxes...................       98,544      (24,598)
 
Income tax expense (credit)............................       28,561       (7,597)
                                                          ----------   ----------
    Net income (loss)..................................   $   69,983   $  (17,001)
                                                          ==========   ==========


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       22

 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

     Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations is intended to assist in understanding the financial condition and
results of operations of the Association.  The information contained in this
section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements
and accompanying Notes thereto and the other sections contained in this
prospectus.

OPERATING STRATEGY

     The Association's business consists principally of attracting retail
deposits (primarily certificates of deposit) from the general public and using
these funds to originate mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family
residences located in its primary market area. To a lesser extent, the
Association also originates multi-family and commercial real estate loans, land
loans, residential construction loans and loans secured by savings accounts. The
Association funds its assets primarily with retail deposits, although it
occasionally uses advances from the FHLB-Indianapolis as a supplemental source
of funds.

     The Association's profitability depends primarily on its net interest
income, which is the difference between the income it receives on its loan and
investment portfolio and its cost of funds, which consists of interest paid on
deposits and borrowings.  Net interest income is also affected by the relative
amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  When
interest-earning assets equal or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, any
positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income.  The
Association's profitability is also affected by the level of income and
expenses.  Non-interest income includes service charges and fees and gain on
sale of investments.  Non-interest expenses primarily include compensation and
benefits, occupancy and equipment expenses, deposit insurance premiums and data
processing expenses.  The Association's results of operations are also
significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions,
particularly changes in market interest rates, government legislation and
regulation and monetary and fiscal policies.

     The Association's business strategy is to operate as a traditional,
community-oriented savings association dedicated to financing home ownership and
providing quality customer service.  Historically, the Association has
emphasized the origination of loans secured by real estate and has retained for
its portfolio almost all of the loans that it originates.  To help increase the
yield on its loan portfolio and to better serve its customers, the Association
began offering automobile loans in February 1998.  The Association intends to
begin offering other secured and unsecured consumer loans later in 1998.  The
Association relies heavily on certificates of deposit as its source of funds.
As a result, the Association's cost of funds is generally higher than that of
institutions that have more checking and savings accounts. The Association's
high cost of funds has contributed to a lower interest rate spread and reduced
profitability in recent years.  The Association intends to attempt to reduce its
reliance on certificates of deposit by introducing checking accounts later in
1998 or early in 1999.  Management anticipates that offering and implementing
checking accounts will require the hiring of another employee and will increase
other operating expenses.

     The conversion will increase the consolidated capital of the Holding
Company by the amount of the net proceeds.  Funds withdrawn from deposit
accounts will decrease interest-bearing liabilities, and new funds used to
purchase shares will increase interest-earning assets.  While the Holding
Company expects these changes to increase its net interest income, the Holding
Company also expects that the adoption of the MRDP and the additional costs of
operating as a public company will increase its non-interest expenses.  For
additional information regarding the effects of this offering, see "PRO FORMA
DATA."

                                       23

 
COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

     At December 31, 1997, total assets were $22.0 million compared with $22.2
million at December 31, 1996. This decrease was primarily due to a $542,000
decrease in loans and a $231,000 decrease in interest-bearing deposits, which
were partially offset by a $501,000 increase in securities.  The low interest
rate environment in 1997 led to loans being repaid faster than the Association
was able to originate new loans.  The excess liquidity generated by loan
repayments was invested in securities.

     At December 31, 1997, total deposits were $19.8 million compared with $20.2
million at December 31, 1996. Savings deposits decreased $149,000, while time
deposits decreased $198,000.  The Association utilized advances from the FHLB-
Indianapolis during both 1996 and 1997 but had no advances outstanding at either
December 31, 1996 or December 31, 1997.

     Total retained earnings increased $74,000 to $2.1 million as a result of
retained earnings of $70,000 and a decrease of $4,000 in the net unrealized loss
on available-for-sale securities.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996

     NET INCOME.  Net income was $70,000 for 1997 compared with a loss of
$17,000 for 1996.  The results for 1996 reflect the payment of the one-time,
industry-wide assessment to recapitalize the SAIF.  Without the SAIF assessment,
net income for 1996 would have been $77,000.  In 1997, the Association's return
on average assets was 0.31% and its return on average retained earnings was
3.23%.

     NET INTEREST INCOME.  Net interest income decreased 7.4% to $539,000 in
1997 from $582,000 in 1996 as a result of a 17 basis point decrease in the
interest rate spread and a decrease in the average balance of interest-earning
assets.  The Association's interest rate spread was 1.97% in 1997 compared with
2.14% in 1996.

     Total interest income decreased $79,000, or 4.6%, in 1997 primarily as a
result of lower interest income on loans.  Interest on loans receivable
decreased $92,000, or 5.8%, as a result of a 31 basis point decrease in the
average yield of the portfolio and, to a lesser degree, a decline in the average
balance of the portfolio.  As a result of the lower interest rate environment in
1997, new loan originations and downward repricing on ARM LOANS led to a lower
average yield on loans receivable.  The lower interest rate environment also led
to increased refinancing activity, which resulted in loans being repaid faster
than the Association was able to originate new loans.  Interest on investment
securities increased $22,000 due to a higher average yield and an increase in
the size of the portfolio. In 1997 the Association used excess liquidity
generated by loan repayments to invest in securities.  Interest on interest-
bearing deposits decreased $10,000 because of a decrease in the average yield
and a lower average balance in 1997.  The Association's yield on interest-
earning assets was 7.43% in 1997 compared with 7.68% in 1996.

     Interest expense decreased 3.1%, or $36,000, from 1996 to 1997 as a result
of a decrease in interest paid on deposits.  Interest expense on time deposits
decreased $31,000 primarily as a result of a lower average balance in 1997,
while interest income on savings accounts decreased $6,000 as a result of a
lower average rate paid.  Interest expense on FHLB advances was essentially
unchanged from 1996 to 1997.

     PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES.  Provisions for loan losses are charged to
operations to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level considered by
management to be adequate to provide for estimated losses based on management's
evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including the nature of
the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience,
specified impaired loans, and economic conditions.  The Association made no
provision for loan losses in 1997 compared with a provision of $8,000 in fiscal
1996.  Although management uses the best information available, future
adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic,
operating, regulatory and other conditions that may be beyond the Association's
control.  While the Association maintains its allowance for loan losses at a
level which it considers to be adequate to provide for estimated losses, there

                                       24

 
can be no assurance that further additions will not be made to the allowance for
loan losses and that actual losses will not exceed the estimated amounts.

     NON-INTEREST INCOME.  Non-interest income was $7,000 in 1997 compared with
$12,000 in 1996. Commissions on mortgage life insurance sold to customers of the
Association is the Association's primary source of non-interest income.  In 1996
the Association recognized gain of $5,000 in connection with the sale of an
interest in the company through which the Association offers mortgage life
insurance, with no comparable gain in 1997.

     NON-INTEREST EXPENSES.  Non-interest expense decreased $164,000, or 26.8%
in 1997 to $448,000.  Included in non-interest expense in 1996 was the one-time,
industry-wide assessment to recapitalize the SAIF.  The Association's portion of
the assessment was $135,000.  As a result of the recapitalization of the SAIF,
the FDIC substantially reduced deposit insurance premiums.  Since January 1,
1997, the Association has paid deposit insurance premiums at the rate of $.065
per $100 of deposits.  Prior to the recapitalization of the SAIF, deposit
insurance premiums were $.23 per $100 of deposits.  Compensation and benefits
expense increased $17,000, primarily as a result of the addition of a director
and an employee.  Occupancy and equipment expense decreased $8,000 primarily as
a result of lower property taxes and insurance.  The Association anticipates
that non-interest expenses will increase following the conversion as a result of
increased costs associated with operating as a public company and increased
compensation expense as a result of the adoption of the MRDP, if approved by the
Holding Company's stockholders.

     INCOME TAXES.  The provision for income taxes was $29,000 in 1997 compared
with a credit of $8,000 in 1996. The Association recognized a credit in 1996
because of the net loss before taxes resulting from the SAIF special assessment.

AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST AND AVERAGE YIELDS/COST

     The following table sets forth certain information for the periods
indicated regarding average balances of assets and liabilities as well as the
total dollar amounts of interest income from average interest-earning assets and
interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities and average yields and
costs. Such yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing
income or expense by the average balances of assets or liabilities,
respectively, for the periods presented. Average balances were derived from
month-end balances. Management does not believe that the use of month-end
balances instead of daily balances causes any material differences in the
information presented. 

                                       25

 


                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997                        1996
                                         ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                   Interest                      Interest
                                         Average      and     Yield/   Average      and     Yield/
                                         Balance   Dividends   Cost    Balance   Dividends   Cost
                                         -------   ---------  ------   -------   ---------  ------
                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                          
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable, net (1).............  $19,403      $1,494    7.70%  $19,789      $1,586    8.01%
 Investment securities (2).............    1,365          85    6.21     1,189          63    5.28
 FHLB stock............................      196          16    8.16       196          15    7.65
 Interest bearing deposits with banks..    1,179          51    4.33     1,289          61    4.73
                                         -------      ------           -------      ------
   Total interest-earning assets.......   22,143       1,646    7.43    22,463       1,725    7.68
                                         -------      ------           -------      ------
 
Non-interest-earning assets............      777                           793
                                         -------                       -------
   Total assets........................  $22,920                       $23,256
                                         =======                       =======
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings deposits......................    3,564         132    3.70     3,563         138    3.87
 Time deposits.........................   16,462         960    5.83    16,924         991    5.86
                                         -------      ------           -------      ------
   Total deposits......................   20,026       1,092    5.45    20,487       1,129    5.51
                                         -------      ------           -------      ------
FHLB advances........................        254          15    5.91       154          14    9.09
                                         -------      ------           -------      ------
   Total interest-bearing liabilities..   20,280       1,107    5.46    20,641       1,143    5.54
                                         -------      ------           -------      ------
 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities.......      473                           439
                                         -------                       -------
   Total liabilities...................   20,753                        21,080
Retained earnings......................    2,167                         2,176
                                         -------                       -------
   Total liabilities and retained
   earnings............................  $22,920                       $23,256
                                         =======                       =======
 
Net interest income....................               $  539                        $  582
                                                      ======                        ======
Interest rate spread..................                          1.97%                         2.14%
                                                                ======                        ======
 
Net interest margin....................                         2.43%                         2.59%
                                                               ======                        ======
 
Ratio of average interest-earning
 assets to average interest-
 bearing liabilities...................   109.19%                       108.83%
                                          =======                       =======
 
 
____________
(1) Average loans receivable includes nonperforming loans.  Interest income does
    not include interest on loans 90 days or more past due.
(2) Includes debt securities classified as available for sale and mortgage-
    backed securities classified as held to maturity.

                                       26

 
YIELDS EARNED AND RATES PAID

     The following table sets forth at the date and for the periods indicated
the weighted average yields earned on the Association's assets and the weighted
average interest rates paid on the Association's liabilities, together with the
Association's interest rate spread and net interest margin.



                                                               At
                                                          December 31,   Years Ended December 31,
                                                                         -------------------------
                                                            1997         1997                 1996
                                                          -----------    ----                 ----
                                                                                      
Weighted average yield earned on:
  Loans receivable, net..........................           7.57%         7.70%               8.01%
  Investment securities..........................           6.08          6.21                5.28
  FHLB stock.....................................           8.00          8.16                7.65
  Interest bearing deposits with banks...........           5.51          4.33                4.73
    Total interest-earning assets................           7.42          7.43                7.68

Weighted average rate paid on:
  Savings deposits...............................           3.71          3.70                3.87
  Time deposits..................................           5.78          5.83                5.86
    Total deposits...............................           5.42          5.45                5.51
  FHLB advances..................................             --          5.91                9.09
    Total interest-bearing liabilities...........           5.42          5.46                5.54
 
Interest rate spread (spread between
  weighted average rate earned on all interest-
  earning assets and paid on all interest-
  bearing liabilities)...........................           2.00          1.97                2.14
 
Net interest margin (net interest
income as a percentage of average
interest-earning assets)........................            N/A           2.43                2.59


                                       27

 
RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

     The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on
the interest income and interest expense of the Association.  Information is
provided with respect to: (i) effects attributable to changes in volume (changes
in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) effects attributable to changes in
rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume; and (iii) effects attributable
to changes in rate and volume (changes in rate multiplied by changes in volume).



                                            Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                      Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996
                                                Increase (Decrease)
                                                       Due to
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                             Rate/
                                      Rate       Volume      Volume      Total
                                      ----       ------      ------      -----
                                               (Dollars in thousands)
                                                              
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable, net............    $(62)       $(31)        $ 1       $(92)
 Investment securities............      11           9           2         22
 FHLB stock.......................       1          --          --          1
 Interest-bearing deposits........      (5)         (5)         --        (10)
                                      ----        ----         ---       ----
Total net change in income
 on interest-earning assets.......     (55)        (27)          3        (79)
                                      ----        ----         ---       ----
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings deposits.................      (6)         --          --         (6)
 Time deposits....................      (5)        (26)         --        (31)
 FHLB advances....................      (5)          9          (3)         1
                                      ----        ----         ---       ----
Total net change in expense
 on interest-bearing liabilities..     (16)        (17)         (3)       (36)
                                      ----        ----         ---       ----
 Net change in net interest
 income...........................    $(39)       $(10)        $ 6       $(43)
                                      ====        ====         ===       ====
 
 

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

     QUANTITATIVE ASPECTS OF MARKET RISK.  The Association does not maintain a
trading account for any class of financial instrument nor does it engage in
hedging activities or purchase high-risk derivative instruments.  Furthermore,
the Association is not subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk or
commodity price risk.  For information regarding the sensitivity to interest
rate risk of the Association's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities, see the tables under "BUSINESS OF THE ASSOCIATION-- Lending
Activities -- Loan Maturity," "-- Investment Activities" and "-- Deposit
Activities and Other Sources of Funds -- Deposit Accounts -- Time Deposits by
Maturities."

     QUALITATIVE ASPECTS OF MARKET RISK.  The Association has sought to reduce
the exposure of its earnings to changes in market interest rates by attempting
to manage the mismatch between asset and liability maturities and interest
rates.  The principal element in achieving this objective is to increase the
interest-rate sensitivity of the Association's interest-earning assets by
originating for its portfolio loans with interest rates subject to periodic
adjustment to market conditions.  The Association relies on retail deposits as
its primary source of funds.  Management believes retail deposits, compared to
brokered deposits, reduce the effects of interest rate fluctuations because they
generally represent a more stable source of funds.

                                       28

 
     In order to encourage institutions to reduce their interest rate risk, the
OTS adopted a rule incorporating an interest rate risk component into the risk-
based capital rules.  Using data compiled by the OTS, the Association receives a
report which measures interest rate risk by modeling the change in NPV (net
portfolio value) over a variety of interest rate scenarios.  This procedure for
measuring interest rate risk was developed by the OTS to replace the "gap"
analysis (the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities that mature or reprice within a specific time period).  NPV is the
present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance
sheet contracts. The calculation is intended to illustrate the change in NPV
that will occur in the event of an immediate change in interest rates of at
least 200 basis points with no effect given to any steps that management might
take to counter the effect of that interest rate movement.  Under OTS
regulations, an institution with a greater than "normal" level of interest rate
risk is subject to a deduction from total capital for purposes of calculating
its risk-based capital.  The OTS, however, has delayed the implementation of
this regulation.  An institution with a "normal" level of interest rate risk is
defined as one whose "measured interest rate risk" is less than 2.0%.
Institutions with assets of less than $300 million and a risk-based capital
ratio of more than 12.0% are exempt.  The Association is exempt because of its
asset size.  Based on the Association's regulatory capital levels at December
31, 1997, the Association believes that, if the proposed regulation was
implemented at that date, the Association's level of interest rate risk would
have caused it to be treated as an institution with greater than "normal"
interest rate risk.

     The following table is provided by the OTS and sets forth the change in the
Association's NPV at December 31, 1997, based on OTS assumptions, that would
occur in the event of an immediate change in interest rates, with no effect
given to any steps that management might take to counteract that change.



                                                                                 Net Portfolio as % of
                                            Net Portfolio Value               Portfolio Value of Assets
                                  -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
     Basis Point ("bp")
      Change in Rates             $ Amount  $ Change(1)      % Change   NPV Ratio(2)        Change(bp)(3)
     ------------------           --------  -----------      --------   ------------        ---------------
                                           (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                      
           400                    $  870     $(1,267)          (59)%        4.31%                (535)bp
           300                     1,282        (855)          (40)         6.18                 (349)
           200                     1,655        (482)          (23)         7.78                 (189)
           100                     1,948        (189)           (9)         8.96                  (71)
             0                     2,137          --             -          9.67                   --
          (100)                    2,234          97             5          9.98                   32
          (200)                    2,341         204             10        10.33                   66
          (300)                    2,561         424             20        11.10                  144
          (400)                    2,832         695             33        12.04                  238
 


_________
(1)  Represents the increase (decrease) of the estimated NPV at the indicated
     change in interest rates compared to the NPV assuming no change in interest
     rates.
(2)  Calculated as the estimated NPV divided by the portfolio value of total
     assets ("PV").
(3)  Calculated as the increase (decrease) of the NPV ratio assuming the
     indicated change in interest rates over the estimated NPV ratio assuming no
     change in interest rates.

     The following table is provided by the OTS and is based on the calculations
in the above table.  At December 31, 1997, the change in NPV as a percentage of
portfolio value of total assets is negative 2.18%, which is greater than
negative 2.0%, indicating that the Association has a greater than "normal" level
of interest rate risk.

                                       29

 


                                                       At              At             At
                                                  December 31,   September 30,   December 31,
                                                      1997            1997           1996
                                                  -------------  --------------  -------------
                                                                        
RISK MEASURES:  200 BP RATE SHOCK:
 
Pre-Shock NPV Ratio:  NPV as % of PV of Assets..          9.67%          10.06%          9.02%
Exposure Measure:  Post-Shock NPV Ratio.........          7.78%           7.86%          6.81%
Sensitivity Measure:  Change in NPV Ratio.......       (189)bp         (220)bp        (222)bp


     Certain assumptions utilized by the OTS in assessing the interest rate risk
of savings associations within its region were utilized in preparing the
preceding table.  These assumptions relate to interest rates, loan prepayment
rates, deposit decay rates, and the market values of certain assets under
differing interest rate scenarios, among others.

     As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings
are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table.  For
example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or
periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market
interest rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and
liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while
interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates.
Additionally, certain assets, such as ARM loans, have features which restrict
changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset.
Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, expected rates of
prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates could deviate
significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Association's primary sources of funds are customer deposits, proceeds
from principal and interest payments on loans, maturing securities and FHLB
advances.  While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are a
predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly
influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

     The Association must maintain an adequate level of liquidity to ensure the
availability of sufficient funds to fund loan originations and deposit
withdrawals, to satisfy other financial commitments and to take advantage of
investment opportunities.  The Association generally maintains sufficient cash
and short-term investments to meet short-term liquidity needs.  At December 31,
1997, cash and interest-bearing deposits totaled $752,000, or 3.4% of total
assets, and investment securities classified as available-for-sale totaled $1.3
million.  At December 31, 1997, the Association also maintained, but did not
draw upon, an uncommitted credit facility with the FHLB-Indianapolis, which
provided for immediately available advances up to an aggregate amount of $3.9
million.

     OTS regulations require savings institutions to maintain an average daily
balance of liquid assets (cash and eligible investments) equal to at least 4.0%
of the average daily balance of its net withdrawable deposits and short-term
borrowings.  The Association's actual liquidity ratio at December 31, 1997 was
9.6%.  See "-- Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 1997 and 1996"
and "BUSINESS OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Investment Activities."

     The Association's primary investing activity is the origination of one- to-
four family mortgage loans.  During the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
the Association originated $3.5 million and $3.7 million of such loans,
respectively.  At December 31, 1997, the Association had loan commitments
totaling $157,000, and undisbursed loans in process totaling $295,000.  The
Association anticipates that it will have sufficient funds available to meet
current loan commitments.  Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature
in less than one year from December 31, 1997 totaled $8.8 million.
Historically, the Association has been able to retain a significant amount of
its deposits as they mature.

                                       30

 
     OTS regulations require the Association to maintain specific amounts of
regulatory capital.  As of December 31, 1997, the Association complied with all
regulatory capital requirements as of that date with tangible, core and risk-
based capital ratios of 9.6%, 9.6% and 18.2%, respectively.  For a detailed
discussion of regulatory capital requirements, see "REGULATION -- Federal
Regulation of Savings Associations -- Capital Requirements."  See also
"HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE."

YEAR 2000 ISSUES

     Computer programs that use only two digits to identify a year could fail or
create erroneous results by or at the year 2000.  All of the material data
processing of the Association that could be affected by this problem is provided
by a third party service bureau.  In October 1997 the Association adopted a year
2000 Action Plan pursuant to which it is examining its internal systems and
contacting its vendors to identify potential year 2000 problems.  The
Association's service bureau informed the Association that it intends to
complete its year 2000 adjustments by October 1998.  If the service bureau is
unable to do so, the Association is prepared to secure bids and change service
bureaus if necessary. The Association does not believe that the costs associated
with its actions and those of its vendors will be material to the Association.
However, in the event the Association's service bureau is unable to fulfill its
contractual obligations to the Association, it could have a significant adverse
impact on the financial condition and results of operations of the Association.

IMPACT OF ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND REGULATORY POLICIES

     ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION.  SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," establishes financial accounting and reporting
standards for stock-based employee compensation plans.  This statement
encourages all entities to adopt a new method of accounting to measure
compensation cost of all employee stock compensation plans based on the
estimated fair value of the award at the date it is granted.  Companies are,
however, allowed to continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using
the intrinsic value based method of accounting, which generally does not result
in compensation expense recognition for most plans.  Companies that elect to
remain with the existing accounting method are required to disclose in a
footnote to the financial statements pro forma net income and, if presented,
earnings per share, as if this statement had been adopted.  The accounting
requirements of this statement are effective for transactions entered into in
fiscal years that begin after December 15, 1995; however, companies are required
to disclose information for awards granted in their first fiscal year beginning
after December 15, 1994.  Management expects to use the intrinsic value method
upon consummation of the conversion and the adoption of stock based benefit
plans.

     ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND
EXTINGUISHMENTS OF LIABILITIES.  SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," is effective
for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of
liabilities occurring after December 31, 1996, and is to be applied
prospectively.  Earlier or retroactive application is not permitted.

     SFAS No. 125 provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and
servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities.  The standards
are based on consistent application of a financial-components approach that
focuses on a control period.  Under the approach, after a transfer of financial
assets, an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and
the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has
been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.  SFAS No. 125
provides consistent standards distinguishing transfers of financial assets that
are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings.

     SFAS No. 125 amends SFAS No. 122.  Adoption of this statement on January 1,
1997 did not have a material impact on the Association's financial position or
results of operations.

     EARNINGS PER SHARE.  SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," issued in February
1997, establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share
("EPS") and applies to entities with publicly-held common stock or 

                                       31

 
potential common stock. It replaces the presentation of primary EPS with a
presentation of basic EPS and requires the dual presentation of basic and
diluted EPS on the face of the income statement. This statement is effective for
financial statements issued for periods after December 15, 1997 including
interim periods; earlier applications not permitted. This statement requires
restatement of all prior period EPS data presented.

     DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION ABOUT CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  SFAS No. 129,
"Disclosure of Information About Capital Structure," establishes standards for
disclosing information about an entity's capital structure and applies to all
entities.  SFAS No. 129 continues the previous requirements to disclose certain
information about an entity's capital structure found in Accounting Principles
Board ("APB") Opinions No. 10, "Omnibus Opinion - 1966," and No. 15, "Earnings
Per Share," and SFAS No. 47, "Disclosure of Long-Term Obligations," for entities
that were subject to those standards.  SFAS No. 129 is effective for financial
statements for periods ending after December 15, 1997.  SFAS No. 129 contains no
change in disclosure requirements for entities that were previously subject to
the requirements of APB Opinion Nos. 10 and 15 and SFAS No. 47.

     COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.  SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income,"
issued in July 1997, establishes standards for reporting and presentation of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains, and losses)
in a full set of general-purpose financial statements.  It requires that all
items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is
presented with the same prominence as other financial statements.  SFAS No. 130
requires that companies (i) classify items of other comprehensive income by
their nature in a financial statement and (ii) display the accumulated balance
of other comprehensive income separately from retained earnings and additional
paid-in capital in the equity section of the statement of financial condition.
SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for
comprehensive purposes is required.

     DISCLOSURE ABOUT SEGMENTS.  SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure About Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," issued in June 1997, establishes standards
for disclosure about operating segments in annual financial statements and
selected information in interim financial reports.  It also establishes
standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas,
and major customers.  SFAS No. 131 supersedes SFAS No. 14, "Financial Reporting
for Segments of a Business Enterprise."  SFAS No. 131 becomes effective for the
Association's fiscal year ending September 30, 1999, and requires that
comparative information from earlier years be restated to conform to its
requirements.

EFFECT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

     The financial statements and related financial data presented herein have
been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of
financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without
considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due
to inflation.  The primary impact of inflation is reflected in the increased
cost of the Association's operations.  Unlike most industrial companies,
virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary
in nature.  As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact
on a financial institution's performance than do general levels of inflation.
Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same
extent as the prices of goods and services.


                        BUSINESS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

GENERAL

     The Holding Company was organized as an Indiana business corporation at the
direction of the Association in March 1998 for the purpose of becoming the
holding company for the Association upon completion of the conversion.  As a
result of the conversion, the Association will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Holding Company and all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the
Association will be owned by the Holding Company.

                                       32

 
BUSINESS

     Before the completion of the conversion, the Holding Company will not
engage in any significant activities other than of an organizational nature.
Upon completion of the conversion, the Holding Company's sole business activity
will be the ownership of the outstanding capital stock of the Association.  In
the future, the Holding Company may acquire or organize other operating
subsidiaries, although there are no current plans, arrangements, agreements or
understandings, written or oral, to do so.

     Initially, the Holding Company will neither own nor lease any property but
will instead use the premises, equipment and furniture of the Association with
the payment of appropriate rental fees, as required by applicable law and
regulations.

     Since the Holding Company will only hold the outstanding capital stock of
the Association upon consummation of the conversion, the competitive conditions
applicable to the Holding Company will be the same as those confronting the
Association.  See "BUSINESS OF THE ASSOCIATION -- Competition."


                          BUSINESS OF THE ASSOCIATION

GENERAL

     The Association operates as a traditional savings association, specializing
in single-family residential mortgage lending and savings deposits.  The
Association's business consists primarily of attracting retail deposits from the
general public and using those funds to originate real estate loans.  The
Association generally holds its loans for long-term investment purposes. See "--
Lending Activities."

MARKET AREA

     The Association conducts operations out of its one office in Tell City,
which is the largest town in Perry County, Indiana.  Tell City has a population
of approximately 9,000 persons, and Perry County has a population of
approximately 20,000 persons.  Most of the Association's depositors live in
Perry County and most of the Association's loans are secured by real estate in
Perry County.  The Association also makes loans in Spencer County, Indiana.
Perry County is a rural county that historically has had higher unemployment and
lower income compared to the rest of Indiana and occasionally in other
surrounding counties.  The economy of Perry County is dependent on
manufacturing, much of which is located across the Ohio River in Kentucky.
Industries present in the region include woodworking, steel, motors, aluminum
and paper.

     The Association faces intense competition for deposits and loan
originations from the other financial institutions conducting business within
its market area.  See "-- Competition" and "RISK FACTORS -- Competition."

LENDING ACTIVITIES

     GENERAL.  At December 31, 1997, the Association's net loans receivable
totaled $19.3 million, or 87.8% of total assets.  The Association has
concentrated its lending activities on one- to four-family mortgage loans, with
such loans amounting to 85.7% of loans at December 31, 1997.  The Association
also offers multi-family, commercial real estate, land and residential
construction loans, as well as loans secured by saving accounts.  All of the
Association's mortgage loan portfolio is secured by real estate located in
Indiana.  In early 1998, the Association expanded its loan offerings to include
automobile loans.  Later in 1998, the Association intends to offer additional
secured and unsecured consumer loans.

                                       33

 
     LOAN PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS.  The following table sets forth the composition of
the Association's loan portfolio at the dates indicated. The Association had no
concentration of loans exceeding 10% of total loans receivable other than as
disclosed below.



                                                       At December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                              1997                1996
                                        -----------------  --------------------
                                        Amount   Percent   Amount       Percent
                                        ------   -------   ------       -------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
                                                        
Mortgage loans:
 One- to four-family..................  $16,893     85.7%  $17,272        85.0%     
 Multi-family.........................      468      2.4       394         1.9      
 Commercial real estate...............      864      4.4       873         4.3      
 Land.................................      528      2.6       583         2.9      
 Residential construction.............      783      4.0       977         4.8      
                                        -------    -----   -------       -----      
  Total mortgage loans................   19,536     99.1    20,099        98.9      
                                        -------    -----   -------       -----      
                                                                                    
Loans secured by savings accounts.....      178      0.9       233         1.1      
                                        -------    -----   -------       -----      
                                                                                    
  Total loans.........................   19,714    100.0%   20,332       100.0%     
                                        -------    =====   -------       =====      
 
Less:
 Undisbursed portion of loans in
  process.............................      295                370
 Deferred loan origination fees, net..       72                 73
 Allowance for loan losses............       51                 52
                                        -------            -------
 
  Total loans receivable, net.........  $19,296            $19,837
                                        =======            =======


     ONE- TO FOUR-FAMILY REAL ESTATE LOANS.  The Association's primary lending
activity is the origination of loans secured by one- to four-family residences
located in its market area.  At December 31, 1997, $16.9 million, or 85.7%, of
the Association's total loans consisted of one- to four-family loans.

     The Association offers ARM loans which provide for an interest rate that
adjusts every year or that is fixed for three years and then adjusts every year
after the initial period.  The Association's ARM loans generally provide for
annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits of 1% and 5%, respectively.
When it was a state-chartered savings association, the Association based its ARM
loans on the Association's internal cost of funds.  When the Association adopted
a federal mutual charter in February 1998 it began basing its ARM loans on the
One Year U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity Rate.  The Association's ARM loans
are typically based on a 30-year amortization schedule.  The initial rate on
most of the Association's ARM loans is 1% to 1.5% below the rate offered for
fixed-rate loans that have a term of ten to 20 years.

     The Association offers fixed-rate, one- to four-family mortgage loans with
maturities of up to 20 years.  These loans are fully amortizing with monthly
payments sufficient to repay the total amount of the loan with interest by the
end of the loan term.  Generally, they are underwritten and documented in
accordance with guidelines established by Freddie Mac.  The Association's fixed-
rate loans customarily include "due on sale" clauses, which give the Association
the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event the
borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the
mortgage and the loan is not paid.

     The Association offers second mortgage loans.  Generally, the Association
makes second mortgage loans only where it holds the first mortgage, unless the
combined loan to value ratio is less than 50%.  Second mortgages are made 

                                       34

 
on the same terms as first mortgage loans when the combined loan to value ratio
is less than 80%. At December 31, 1997, the Association had $777,000 of second
mortgage loans included in its one- to four-family mortgage loans.

     Borrower demand for ARM loans versus fixed-rate mortgage loans is a
function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the
level of interest rates and the difference between the initial interest rates
and fees charged for each type of loan. The relative amount of fixed-rate
mortgage loans and ARM loans that can be originated at any time is largely
determined by the demand for each in a competitive environment.

     The retention of ARM loans in the Association's loan portfolio helps reduce
the Association's exposure to changes in interest rates.  There are, however,
unquantifiable credit risks resulting from the potential of increased costs due
to changed rates to be paid by the borrower.  It is possible that during periods
of rising interest rates the risk of default on ARM loans may increase as a
result of repricing and the increased payments required by the borrower.  In
addition, although ARM loans allow the Association to increase the sensitivity
of its asset base to changes in the interest rates, the extent of this interest
sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment
limits.  Because of these considerations the Association has no assurance that
yields on ARM loans will be sufficient to offset increases in the Association's
cost of funds.  The Association believes these risks, which have not had a
material adverse effect on the Association to date, generally are less than the
risks associated with holding fixed-rate loans in portfolio during a rising
interest rate environment.

     The Association generally requires an acceptable attorney's opinion on the
status of its lien on all loans where real estate is the primary source of
security.  The Association also requires that fire and casualty insurance (and,
if appropriate, flood insurance) be maintained in an amount at least equal to
the outstanding loan balance.

     The Association's one- to four-family residential mortgage loans typically
do not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the security property. Pursuant to
underwriting guidelines adopted by the Association's Board of Directors, the
Association can lend up to 95% of the appraised value of the property securing a
one- to- four family residential loan; however, the Association generally
requires private mortgage insurance on the portion of the principal amount that
exceeds 90% of the appraised value of the security property.

     MULTI-FAMILY AND COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS.  The Association
occasionally originates mortgage loans for the acquisition and refinancing of
multi-family and commercial real estate properties. At December 31, 1997,
$468,000, or 2.4%, of the Association's total loans consisted of loans secured
by multi-family residential property, and $864,000, or 4.4%, of the
Association's total loans consisted of loans secured by commercial real estate.
The majority of the Association's commercial real estate loans are secured by
churches, motels and a country club, all of which are located in Indiana. At
December 31 1997, the Association's largest multi-family or commercial real
estate loan was $218,000 and is secured by a motel.

     Most of the Association's commercial real estate loans have adjustable
interest rates and terms of 15 years or less.  The Association requires
appraisals of all properties securing commercial real estate loans.  Appraisals
are performed by an independent appraiser designated by the Association, all of
which are reviewed by management.

     Multi-family and commercial real estate lending affords the Association an
opportunity to receive interest at rates higher than those generally available
from one- to four-family residential lending.  However, loans secured by such
properties usually are greater in amount and are more difficult to evaluate and
monitor, and, therefore, involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-
family residential mortgage loans.  Because payments on loans secured by income
producing properties are often dependent on the successful operation and
management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be affected by adverse
conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  The Association seeks to
minimize these risks by limiting the maximum loan-to-value ratio to 80% and
strictly scrutinizing the financial condition of the borrower, the cash flow of
the project, the quality of the collateral and the management of the property
securing the loan.  The Association also obtains loan guarantees from
financially capable parties based on a review of personal financial statements.

                                       35

 
     RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION LOANS.  The Association originates residential
construction loans to local home builders and to individuals for the
construction and acquisition of their personal residence.  At December 31 1997,
residential construction loans amounted to $783,000, or 4.0% of the
Association's total loans.

     The Association's construction loans to builders generally have fixed
interest rates and are for a term of one year. Such loans to builders are
typically made with a maximum loan to value ratio of 85%. These loans are
usually made on a speculative (unsold) basis. The maximum amount that any one
builder may borrow from the Association is $500,000, which is the Association's
internal loan-to-one-borrower limit. At December 31, 1997, the largest amount of
construction loans outstanding to one builder was $135,000, all of which was for
speculative construction. Construction loans to individuals are made on the same
terms as the Association's one- to four-family mortgage loans, but provide for
the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is usually six
months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan converts to a permanent
mortgage loan.

     Prior to making a commitment to fund a construction loan, the Association
requires an appraisal of the property by a staff appraiser.  The Association
also reviews and inspects each project prior to disbursement of funds during the
term of the construction loan.  Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection of
the project based on percentage of completion.

     Construction lending affords the Association the opportunity to earn higher
interest rates with shorter terms to maturity relative to single-family
permanent mortgage lending.  Construction lending, however, is generally
considered to involve a higher degree of risk than single-family permanent
mortgage lending because of the inherent difficulty in estimating both a
property's value at completion of the project and the estimated cost of the
project.  The nature of these loans is such that they are generally more
difficult to evaluate and monitor.  If the estimate of construction cost proves
to be inaccurate, the Association may be required to advance funds beyond the
amount originally committed to permit completion of the project.  If the
estimate of value upon completion proves to be inaccurate, the Association may
be confronted with a project whose value is insufficient to assure full
repayment. Projects may also be jeopardized by disagreements between borrowers
and builders and by the failure of builders to pay subcontractors.  Loans to
builders to construct homes for which no purchaser has been identified carry
more risk because the payoff for the loan is dependent on the builder's ability
to sell the property prior to the time that the construction loan is due.

     The Association has attempted to minimize the foregoing risks by, among
other things, limiting its construction lending to residential properties. It is
also the Association's general policy to obtain regular financial statements
from builders so that it may monitor their financial strength.

     LAND LOANS.  The Association occasionally originates loans secured by
unimproved land.  Most of these loans have a term of 10 years or less and may
have fixed or adjustable interest rates.  At December 31, 1997, land loans
totaled $528,000, or 2.6% of total loans.  The largest land loan at such date
was $52,000.

     SAVINGS ACCOUNT LOANS.  The Association offers loans secured by savings
deposits.  At December 31, 1997, savings account loans totaled $178,000, or 0.9%
of total loans.  Generally, such loans are made at an interest rate that is 2%
above the account for an amount up to 100% of the amount on deposit at the
Association less six month's interest.

     OTHER CONSUMER LOANS.  In February 1998 the Association began offering
automobile loans.  The Association intends to expand its consumer loan offering
later in 1998 to include other secured and unsecured consumer loans.  The
Association does not anticipate that consumer loans will constitute a
significant portion of its loan portfolio for the foreseeable future.

     Consumer loans entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans,
particularly in the case of loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly
depreciating assets such as automobiles.  In such cases, any repossessed
collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of
repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result 

                                       36

 
of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining
deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against
the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan
collections are dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability, and
thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or
personal bankruptcy.

     LOANS TO ONE BORROWER.  The maximum amount that the Association may lend to
one borrower is limited by federal regulations.  At December 31, 1997, the
Association's regulatory limit on loans to one borrower was $500,000.  At such
date, the Association's largest amount of loans to one borrower (including the
borrower's related interests) was $500,000 and consisted of ten single family
mortgage loan's (nine of which were secured by non-owner-occupied properties)
and one commercial real estate loan.

     MATURITY OF LOAN PORTFOLIO.  The following table sets forth certain
information at December 31, 1997 regarding the dollar amount of loans maturing
in the Association's portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity, but
does not include scheduled payments or potential prepayments.  Demand loans,
loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and
overdrafts are reported as becoming due within one year.  Loan balances do not
include undisbursed loan proceeds, unearned discounts, unearned income and
allowance for loans losses.



                                        After    After    After     After
                                       One Year 3 Years  5 Years   10 Years
                              Within   Through  Through  Through   Through    After
                             One Year  3 Years  5 Years  10 Years  15 Years  15 Years   Total
                             --------  -------  -------  --------  --------  --------  -------
                                                      (In thousands)
                                                                  
Mortgage loans:
 One- to four-family.......    $1,061   $1,833   $1,904    $4,670    $3,492    $3,933  $16,893
 Multi-family..............        29       72       68       151        57        91      468
 Commercial real estate....       146      206       88       168       149       107      864
 Land......................        31       75       82       207       124         9      528
 Residential construction..       783       --       --        --        --        --      783
Loans secured by savings
 accounts..................       178       --       --        --        --        --      178
                               ------   ------   ------    ------    ------    ------  -------
  Total gross loans........    $2,228   $2,186   $2,142    $5,196    $3,822    $4,140  $19,714
                               ======   ======   ======    ======    ======    ======  =======


     The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after
December 31, 1998, which have fixed interest rates and have floating or
adjustable interest rates.



                                     Fixed-    Floating- or
                                     Rates   Adjustable-Rates
                                     ------  ----------------
                                          (In thousands)
                                       
Mortgage loans:
 One- to- four family..............  $5,541           $10,290
 Multi-family......................     184               255
 Commercial real estate............     460               258
 Land..............................     283               215
 Residential construction..........      --                --
Loans secured by savings accounts..      --                --
                                     ------           -------
  Total gross loans................  $6,468           $11,018
                                     ======           =======


                                       37

 
     Scheduled contractual principal repayments of loans do not reflect the
actual life of such assets.  The average life of a loan is substantially less
than its contractual term because of prepayments.  In addition, due-on-sale
clauses on loans generally give the Association the right to declare loans
immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower
sells the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid.  The
average life of a mortgage loan tends to increase, however, when current
mortgage loan market rates are substantially higher than rates on existing
mortgage loans and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on existing
mortgage loans are substantially higher than current mortgage loan market rates.

     LOAN SOLICITATION AND PROCESSING.  The Association's lending activities are
subject to the written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan
origination procedures established by the Association's Board of Directors and
management.  Loan originations come from a number of sources.  The customary
sources of loan originations are realtors, referrals and existing customers.
The Association does not utilize mortgage brokers or other third-party
originators.

     Single-family residential mortgage loans up to $100,000 may be approved by
unanimous vote of the Association's Loan Committee, which consists of the
President and three Directors.  If the Loan Committee does not unanimously
approve a loan, it is referred to the Board of Directors.  All single-family
residential mortgage loans of $100,000 or more and all other mortgage loans must
be approved by the Association's Board of Directors Consumer loans must be
approved by an authorized officer and ratified by the Board of Directors.

     LOAN ORIGINATIONS, PURCHASES AND SALES.  While the Association originates
both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans, its ability to generate each type of
loan depends upon relative customer demand for loans.  During the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Association originated $4.8 million and $5.2
million of loans, respectively.  Of the $4.8 million of loans originated in
1997, $2.9 million, or 60.4%, had adjustable rates of interest.

     The Association generally retains for its portfolio all of the loans that
is originates and does not frequently purchase loans. Occasionally, the
Association will participate with other area financial institutions in multi-
family or commercial real estate loans. In 1995, the Association established an
informal relationship with another financial institution pursuant to which the
Association occasionally sells 90% participations in single-family mortgage
loans and purchases participations in loans secured by non-owner-occupied, one-
to four-family properties. The Association retains the servicing rights on the
participation loans that it sells. The Association does not receive a fee for
the loans sold under this arrangement and pays no fee on the loans it purchases.

                                       38

 
     The following table sets forth total loans originated, purchased, sold and
repaid during the periods indicated.



                                             Years Ended December 31,
                                            --------------------------
                                                1997          1996
                                            ------------  ------------
                                                  (In thousands)
                                                    
Total gross loans at beginning of period..      $20,332       $20,264
 
Loans originated:
 Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family.....................        3,456         3,740
  Multi-family............................           --            --
  Commercial real estate..................           70            55
  Land....................................           84           110
  Residential construction................          972         1,150
Loans secured by savings accounts.........          180           154
                                                -------       -------
   Total loans originated.................        4,762         5,209
                                                -------       -------
 
Loans purchased:
 Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family.....................           --            44
  Multi-family............................           --            --
  Commercial real estate..................           73            --
  Land....................................           --            --
  Residential construction................           --            --
Loans secured by savings accounts.........           --            --
                                                -------       -------
   Total loans purchased..................           73            44
                                                -------       -------
 
Loans sold:
 Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family.....................           --          (180)
 
Loan principal repayments.................       (5,453)       (5,005)
                                                -------       -------
 
Net loan activity.........................         (618)           68
                                                -------       -------
 
Total gross loans at end of period........      $19,714       $20,332
                                                =======       =======


     LOAN COMMITMENTS.  The Association issues commitments for mortgage loans
conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events.  Such commitments are made in
writing on specified terms and conditions and are honored for up to 90 days from
approval.  At December 31, 1997, the Association had loan commitments totaling
$157,000 (not including undisbursed portions of loans in process of $295,000).
See Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     LOAN FEES.  In addition to interest earned on loans, the Association
receives income from fees in connection with loan originations, loan
modifications, late payments and for miscellaneous services related to its
loans.  Income from these activities varies from period to period depending upon
the volume and type of loans made and competitive conditions.

                                       39

 
     The Association charges loan origination fees for fixed-rate loans which
are calculated as a percentage of the amount borrowed.  In accordance with
applicable accounting procedures, loan origination fees and discount points in
excess of loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the
contractual remaining lives of the related loans on a level yield basis.
Discounts and premiums on loans purchased are accreted and amortized in the same
manner. At December 31, 1997, the Association had $72,000 of deferred loan fees.
The Association recognized $12,000, and $20,000 of deferred loan fees during the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 respectively, in connection with loan
refinancing, payoffs, sales and ongoing amortization of outstanding loans.

     NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES.  When a borrowers fails to make a
required payment on a loan, the Association attempts to cure the deficiency by
contacting the borrower and seeking the payment.  A late notice is mailed 20
days after a payment is due.  In most cases, deficiencies are cured promptly.
If a delinquency continues, additional contact is made either through additional
notices or other means and the Association will attempt to work out a payment
schedule.  While the Association generally prefers to work with borrowers to
resolve such problems, the Association will institute foreclosure or other
proceedings, as necessary, to minimize any potential loss.

     The Association's Board of Directors is informed monthly of the amounts of
loans delinquent more than 60 days, all loans in foreclosure and all foreclosed
and repossessed property owned by the Association.

     The Association ceases accruing interest on a loan when, in the judgment of
management, the probability of collection of interest is deemed to be
insufficient to warrant further accrual.  The Association does not accrue
interest on loans past due 90 days or more when the estimated value of
collateral and collection efforts are deemed insufficient to ensure full
recovery.

     The following table sets forth information with respect to the
Association's nonperforming assets at the dates indicated.  The Association had
no restructured loans within the meaning of SFAS No. 15 at the dates indicated.



                                                               At December 31,
                                                          -----------------------
                                                           1997         1996
                                                          ------        ----      
                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                  
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis...............  $  --             $  --
 
Accruing loans which are contractually
 past due 90 days or more:
 Mortgage loans.........................................     --                83
 Loans secured by savings accounts......................     --                --
                                                          -----             -----
  Total.................................................     --                83
                                                          -----             -----
 
Foreclosed real estate, net.............................     --                --
                                                          -----             -----
 
  Total nonperforming assets............................  $  --             $  83
                                                          =====             =====
 
Total loans delinquent 90 days or more to net loans.....   0.00%             0.42%
 
Total loans delinquent 90 days or more to total assets..   0.00%             0.37%
 
Total nonperforming assets to total assets..............    N/M              0.37%


                                       40

 
     REAL ESTATE OWNED.  Real estate acquired by the Association as a result of
foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned
until sold.  When property is acquired it is recorded at fair market value at
the date of foreclosure.  Subsequent to foreclosure, real estate owned is
carried at the lower of the foreclosed amount or fair value, less estimated
selling costs.  At December 31, 1997, the Association had no real estate owned.

     ASSET CLASSIFICATION.  The OTS has adopted various regulations regarding
problem assets of savings institutions.  The regulations require that each
insured institution review and classify its assets on a regular basis.  In
addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, OTS examiners
have authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, require them to
be classified.  There are three classifications for problem assets:
substandard, doubtful and loss.  Substandard assets have one or more defined
weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured
institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the
basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values questionable, and there
is a high possibility of loss. An asset classified as loss is considered
uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as an asset of the
institution is not warranted.  If an asset or portion thereof is classified as
loss, the insured institution establishes specific allowances for loan losses
for the full amount of the portion of the asset classified as loss.  All or a
portion of general loan loss allowances established to cover possible losses
related to assets classified substandard or doubtful can be included in
determining an institution's regulatory capital, while specific valuation
allowances for loan losses generally do not qualify as regulatory capital.
Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk
to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess
weaknesses are designated "special mention" and monitored by the Association.

     The aggregate amounts of the Association's classified and special mention
assets at the dates indicated were as follows:



                          At December 31,
                      ----------------------
                      1997              1996
                      ----              ----
                          (In thousands)
                                  
Classified assets:
 Loss...............  $  --            $  --
 Doubtful...........     --               --
 Substandard........     --               --
 Special mention....    328              355


     At December 31, 1997, assets designated as special mention consisted of 13
one- to four-family mortgage loans.

     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES.  In originating loans, the Association
recognizes that losses will be experienced and that the risk of loss will vary
with, among other things, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of
the borrower over the term of the loan, general economic conditions and, in the
case of a secured loan, the quality of the security for the loan.  The allowance
method is used in providing for loan losses.  Accordingly, all loan losses are
charged to the allowance and all recoveries are credited to it.  The allowance
for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to
operations.  The provision for loan losses is based on management's evaluation
of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the
portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience,
specified impaired loans, and economic conditions.

     At December 31, 1997, the Association had an allowance for loan losses of
$51,000.  Although management believes that it uses the best information
available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the
allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be
significantly and adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from
the assumptions used in making the determinations.  Furthermore, while the

                                       41

 
Association believes it has established its existing allowance for loan losses
in accordance with GAAP, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing
the Association's loan portfolio, will not request the Association to increase
significantly its allowance for loan losses.  In addition, because future events
affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can
be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that
substantial increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans
deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above.  Any material increase
in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect the Association's
financial condition and results of operations.

     The following table sets forth an analysis of the Association's allowance
for loan losses.



                                             Years Ended December 31,
                                            --------------------------
                                                1997          1996
                                            ------------  ------------
                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                                                    
Allowance at beginning of period..........        $  52        $   44
Provision for loan losses.................           --             8
Recoveries................................           --            --
 
Charge-offs:
 Mortgage loans...........................           --            --
 Savings account loans....................            1            --
                                                  -----        ------
   Total charge-offs......................            1            --
                                                  -----        ------
   Net charge-offs........................            1             1
                                                  -----        ------
   Balance at end of period...............        $  51        $   52
                                                  =====        ======

Allowance for loan losses as a
 percentage of total loans outstanding
 at the end of the period.................         0.26%         0.26%
 
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a
 percentage of average loans outstanding
 during the period........................         0.01%         0.00%
 
Allowance for loan losses as a
 percentage of nonperforming loans
 at end of period.........................          N/M         62.65%


     For additional discussion regarding the provisions for loan losses in
recent periods, see "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 -- Provision for Loan Losses."

                                       42

 
  The following table sets forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses
by loan category at the dates indicated.  Management believes that the allowance
can be allocated by category only on an approximate basis.  The allocation of
the allowance to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses
and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any other
category.



                                                       At December 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------------
                                                 1997                     1996
                                     -----------------------------  ------------------
                                                        Percent               Percent
                                                        of Loans              of Loans
                                                      in Category           in Category
                                                        to Total              to Total
                                         Amount          Loans      Amount     Loans
                                     ---------------  ------------  ------  ------------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                
Mortgage loans:
 One- to four-family...............            $  36         85.7%     $37         85.0%
 Multi-family......................                2          2.4        2          1.9
 Commercial real estate............                7          4.4        7          4.3
 Land..............................                4          2.6        5          2.9
 Residential construction..........                1          4.0        1          4.8
Loans secured by savings
 accounts..........................               --          0.9       --          1.1
Unallocated........................               --          N/A       --          N/A
                                               -----        -----      ---        -----
  Total allowance for loan losses..            $  50        100.0%     $52        100.0%
                                               =====        =====      ===        =====


INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     The Association is permitted under federal law to invest in various types
of liquid assets, including U.S. Government obligations, securities of various
federal agencies and of state and municipal governments, deposits at the FHLB-
Indianapolis, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, certain
bankers' acceptances and federal funds.  Subject to various restrictions, the
Association may also invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and
corporate debt securities.  Savings institutions like the Association are also
required to maintain an investment in FHLB stock.  The Association is required
under federal regulations to maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets.  See
"REGULATION" and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

     SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities," requires that investments be categorized as "held to maturity,"
"trading securities" or "available for sale," based on management's intent as to
the ultimate disposition of each security.  SFAS No. 115 allows debt securities
to be classified as "held to maturity" and reported in financial statements at
amortized cost only if the reporting entity has the positive intent and ability
to hold those securities to maturity.  Securities that might be sold in response
to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security's prepayment risk,
increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as "held
to maturity." Debt and equity securities held for current resale are classified
as "trading securities."  Such securities are reported at fair value, and
unrealized gains and losses on such securities would be included in earnings.
The Association does not currently use or maintain a trading account.  Debt and
equity securities not classified as either "held to maturity" or "trading
securities" are classified as "available for sale."  Such securities are
reported at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses on such securities are
excluded from earnings and reported as a net amount in a separate component of
equity.

     The Association's investment policies limit investments to U.S. Government
and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities and higher rated corporate
securities.  The Association's investment policy does not permit engaging

                                       43

 
directly in hedging activities or purchasing high risk mortgage derivative
products.  Investments are made based on certain considerations, which include
the interest rate, yield, settlement date and maturity of the investment, the
Association's liquidity position, and anticipated cash needs and sources (which
in turn include outstanding commitments, upcoming maturities, estimated deposits
and anticipated loan amortization and repayments). The effect that the proposed
investment would have on the Association's credit and interest rate risk and
risk-based capital is also considered.

     The Association purchases investment securities to provide for necessary
liquidity for day-to-day operations. The Association also purchases investment
securities when investable funds exceed loan demand.  In recent years, the
Association has preferred to invest in individual mortgage loans rather than
mortgage-backed securities.  Depending on loan demand, the Association may
consider increasing its investment in mortgage-backed securities after the
conversion.

     The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of the
Association's securities, by accounting classification and by type of security,
at the dates indicated.



                                                       At December 31,
                                       ---------------------------------------------
                                         1997                      1996
                                       -----------------  --------------------------
                                       Amortized   Fair   Amortized       Fair
                                         Cost     Value     Cost          Value
                                       ---------  ------  ---------  ---------------
                                                      (In thousands)
                                                         
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
Investment securities:
 U.S. Treasury obligations...........     $   --  $   --       $100             $100
 U.S. Government agency obligations..        970     999        614              649
 Corporate notes.....................        349     350         99              100
                                          ------  ------       ----             ----
  Total available for sale...........      1,319   1,349        813              849
 
HELD TO MATURITY:
Mortgage-backed securities:
 Fannie Mae..........................         16      17         20               20
 Freddie Mac.........................          5       4          7                7
                                          ------  ------       ----             ----
   Total held to maturity............         21      21         27               27
                                          ------  ------       ----             ----
 
   Total.............................     $1,346  $1,370       $840             $876
                                          ======  ======       ====             ====
 

     At December 31, 1997, the only security owned by the Association (other
than U.S. Government and agency securities) which had an aggregate book value in
excess of 10% of the Association's retained earnings was Union Pacific Corp.
commercial paper due January 6, 1998, which had an aggregate book value and
market value of $250,000 at such date.

                                       44

 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the carrying
value, weighted average yields and maturities or periods to repricing of the
Association's debt securities at December 31, 1997, all of which are available
for sale.  U.S. Treasury obligations and certain U.S. Government agency
obligations are exempt from state taxation.  Their yields, however, have not
been computed on a tax equivalent basis for purposes of the table.



 
                                          
                                   Less Than             One to              After Five              After                      
                                    One Year            Five Years         to Ten Years             Ten Years          Totals    
                             -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
                                         Weighted             Weighted             Weighted            Weighted            Weighted 
                             Amortized   Average  Amortized   Average  Amortized   Average  Amortized  Average  Amortized   Average
                               Cost       Yield     Cost       Yield     Cost       Yield     Cost      Yield     Cost       Yield
                             ---------  --------- ---------  --------- ---------  --------- ---------  -------- ---------    ------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)                                      
                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                 
Investment securities:                                                                                                           
  U.S. Government agency                                                                                                         
    obligations............       $100      5.05%      $450      6.70%      $250      4.20%      $199     7.57%    $  999     6.08%
  Corporate notes..........        250      5.95        100      5.71         --        --         --       --        350     6.00
                                  ----                 ----                 ----                 ----              ------        
      Total available for                                                                                                        
       sale................       $350      5.69       $550      6.52       $250      4.20       $199     7.57     $1,349     6.06
                                  ====                 ====                 ====                 ====              ======        


                                       45

 
DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS

     GENERAL.  Deposits are the major external source of funds for the
Association's lending and other investment activities.  In addition, the
Association also generates funds internally from loan principal repayments and
prepayments and maturing investment securities.  Scheduled loan repayments are a
relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan
prepayments are influenced significantly by general interest rates and money
market conditions.  The Association may use borrowings from the FHLB-
Indianapolis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from
other sources.  Presently, the Association has no other borrowing arrangements.

     DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.  Nearly all of the Association's depositors reside in
Indiana.  The Association's deposit products include money market accounts,
passbook accounts, and term certificate accounts.  The Association intends to
introduce checking accounts later in 1998 or early in 1999.  Deposit account
terms vary with the principal difference being the minimum balance deposit,
early withdrawal penalties and the interest rate.  The Association reviews its
deposit mix and pricing weekly.  The Association does not utilize brokered
deposits, nor has it aggressively sought jumbo certificates of deposit.

     The Association believes it is competitive in the interest rates it offers
on its deposit products.  The Association determines the rates paid based on a
number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, the Association's need
for funds and cost of funds, borrowing costs and movements of market interest
rates.

     In the unlikely event the Association is liquidated after the conversion,
depositors will be entitled to full payment of their deposit accounts before any
payment is made to the Holding Company as the sole stockholder of the
Association.

     The following table sets forth information concerning the Association's
time deposits and other interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 1997.



Weighted                                                                      Percentage
Average                                                    Minimum             of Total
Interest Rate      Term               Category              Amount   Balance   Deposits
- ---------------  ---------  -----------------------------  --------  -------  -----------
                                                                 (In thousands)
                                                              
                            Demand and Savings Deposits:
                            ----------------------------
2.65%            None       Regular savings accounts       $    10    $1,301      6.56%
4.22             None       Money market deposit accounts    2,500     2,129     10.73
 
                            Time Deposits:
                            --------------
4.00             91 days    Fixed term, fixed rate           2,500        35      0.18
4.51             6 months   Fixed term, fixed rate           2,500       404      2.04
5.03             12 months  Fixed term, fixed rate             100     2,705     13.63
4.50             24 months  Fixed term, variable rate        1,000        16      0.08
5.63             24 months  Fixed term, fixed rate             100     3,505     17.66
5.93             36 months  Fixed term, fixed rate             100     1,962      9.88
6.67             48 months  Fixed term, fixed rate             100     2,288     11.53
5.95             60 months  Fixed term, fixed rate             100     3,779     19.04
5.85                        Individual retirement account      500     1,722      8.67
                                                                     -------    ------
                            TOTAL                                    $19,846    100.00%
                                                                     =======    ======


                                       46

 
     The following table indicates the amount of the Association's jumbo
certificate accounts by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 1997.
Jumbo certificate accounts have principal balances of $100,000 or more.



                                  Certificate
       Maturity Period              Accounts
       ---------------           --------------
                                 (In thousands)
                              
Three months or less.............       $  301
Over three through six months....          357
Over six through 12 months.......          617
Over 12 months...................          943
                                        ------
     Total.......................       $2,218
                                        ======


    DEPOSIT FLOW.  The following table sets forth the balances (inclusive of
interest credited) and changes in dollar amounts of deposits in the various
types of accounts offered by the Association between the dates indicated.



                                                              At December 31,
                                         -------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1997                          1996
                                         ----------------------------  -------------------------
                                                  Percent                           Percent
                                                    of      Increase                   of
                                         Amount    Total   (Decrease)  Amount        Total
                                         -------  -------  ----------  -------  ----------------
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                 
Regular savings accounts...............  $ 1,301    6.56%     $  (28)  $ 1,329             6.58%
Money market deposit accounts..........    2,129   10.73        (121)    2,250            11.14
Fixed-rate certificates which mature:
  Within 1 year........................    8,809   44.39       1,071     7,738            38.32
  After 1 year, but within 2 years.....    4,638   23.37        (492)    5,130            25.40
  After 2 years, but within 4 years....    2,360   11.89          93     2,267            11.23
  After 4 years, but within 6 years....      609    3.06        (871)    1,480             7.33
                                         -------  ------      ------   -------           ------
     Total.............................  $19,846  100.00%     $ (348)  $20,194           100.00%
                                         =======  ======      ======   =======           ======


     TIME DEPOSITS BY MATURITIES.  The following table sets forth the amount of
time deposits in the Association categorized by maturities at December 31, 1997.



                                              Amount Due
                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                Less Than  One to Two  Two to Three  Three to Four  After Four
                One Year     Years        Years          Years        Years      Total
                ---------  ----------  ------------  -------------  ----------  -------
                                            (In thousands)
                                                              
Below 4.99%...     $2,154      $   16        $   --           $ --        $  -  $ 2,170
5.00 - 5.49%..      2,284         765           624            159           -    3,832
5.50 - 5.99%..      2,093         586            40            141         217    3,077
6.00 - 6.49%..      1,534       1,469            22             37          10    3,072
6.50 - 6.99%..        429         328         1,135            139         382    2,413
7.00 - 7.49%..        908         944            --             --           -    1,852
                   ------      ------        ------           ----        ----  -------
Totals........     $9,402      $4,108        $1,821           $476        $609  $16,416
                   ======      ======        ======           ====        ====  =======


                                       47

 
     DEPOSIT ACTIVITY.  The following table sets forth the deposit activity of
the Association for the periods indicated.



                               Years Ended December 31,
                              --------------------------
                                  1997           1996
                              ------------  ------------
                                     (In thousands)
                                         
Beginning balance...........      $20,194       $20,648
 
Net deposits (withdrawals)
  before interest credited..       (1,088)       (1,195)
Interest credited...........          740           741
                                  -------       -------
 
Net increase in deposits....         (348)         (454)
                                  -------       -------
 
Ending balance..............      $19,846       $20,194
                                  =======       =======


     BORROWINGS.  The Association has the ability to use advances from the FHLB-
Indianapolis to supplement its supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit
withdrawal requirements.  The FHLB-Indianapolis functions as a central reserve
bank providing credit for savings associations and certain other member
financial institutions.  As a member of the FHLB-Indianapolis, the Association
is required to own capital stock in the FHLB-Indianapolis and is authorized to
apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of its mortgage
loans and other assets (principally securities that are obligations of, or
guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or agencies thereof) provided certain
creditworthiness standards have been met.  Advances are made pursuant to several
different credit programs.  Each credit program has its own interest rate and
range of maturities.  Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of
advances are based on the financial condition of the member institution and the
adequacy of collateral pledged to secure the credit.

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
Association's use of FHLB advances during the periods indicated.

 
 
                                     Years Ended December 31,
                                    -------------------------
                                     1997              1996
                                     ----              ----
                                      (Dollars in thousands)
                                                 
Maximum balance at any month end..    $ 500             $ 400
Average balance...................      254               154
Year end balance..................       --                --
Weighted average interest rate:
  At end of year..................       --                --
  During the year.................     5.91%             9.09%


COMPETITION

     The Association faces intense competition in its primary market area for
the attraction of deposits (its primary source of lendable funds) and in the
origination of loans.  Its most direct competition for deposits has historically
come from the three commercial banks operating in Tell City, and, to a lesser
extent, from other financial institutions, such as brokerage firms and insurance
companies.  All of the three commercial banks in Tell City are affiliated with
large, 

                                       48

 
multi-state bank holding companies and, therefore, have significantly greater
resources than the Association. Particularly in times of high interest rates,
the Association has faced additional significant competition for investors'
funds from short-term money market securities and other corporate and government
securities. The Association's competition for loans comes primarily from the
commercial banks operating in Tell City. Such competition for deposits and the
origination of loans may limit the Association's growth in the future. See "RISK
FACTORS -- Competition."

SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

     Under OTS regulations, the Association generally may invest up to 3% of its
assets in service corporations, provided that at least one-half of investment in
excess of 1% is used primarily for community, inner-city and community
development projects.  In 1989 the Association formed Peoples Building and Loan
Association Service Corporation for the purpose of selling annuities and mutual
funds to customers of the Association.  The Association's service corporation is
currently inactive.

PROPERTIES

     The Association owns its one office.  At December 31, 1997, the net book
value of the Association's properties (including land and buildings), fixtures,
furniture and equipment was $198,000.

PERSONNEL

    As of December 31, 1997, the Association had six full-time employees and one
part-time employee, none of whom is represented by a collective bargaining unit.
The Association believes its relationship with its employees is good.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits involving the
Association, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on
properties in which the Association holds security interests, claims involving
the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to the
Association's business.  The Association is not a party to any pending legal
proceedings that it believes would have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition or operations of the Association.


                       MANAGEMENT OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

    Directors shall be elected by the stockholders of the Holding Company for
staggered three-year terms, or until their successors are elected and qualified.
The Holding Company's Board of Directors consists of six persons divided into
three classes, each of which contains one third of the Board.  One class,
consisting of Messrs. James L. Wittmer and Howard L. Traphagen, has a term of
office expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders after their initial
election by stockholders; a second class, consisting of Messrs. James G. Tyler
and Daniel P. Lutgring, has a term of office expiring at the second annual
meeting of stockholders after their initial election by stockholders; and a
third class, consisting of Messrs. Carl D. Smith and Marion L. Ress, has a term
of office expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders after their
initial election by stockholders.

                                       49

 
    The executive officers of the Holding Company are elected annually and hold
office until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or
until death, resignation or removal by the Board of Directors. The executive
officers of the Holding Company are:

Name                       Position
- ----                       --------

Carl D. Smith            President and Chef Executive Officer
Clarke A. Blackford      Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary


     Since the formation of the Holding Company, none of the executive officers,
directors or other personnel has received remuneration from the Holding Company.
Initially, no separate compensation will be paid for service as an executive
officer of the Holding Company.  For information concerning the principal
occupations, employment and compensation of the directors and executive officers
of the Holding Company during the past five years, see "MANAGEMENT OF THE
ASSOCIATION -- Biographical Information."


                         MANAGEMENT OF THE ASSOCIATION

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The Board of Directors of the Association is presently composed of six
members who are elected for terms of three years, approximately one third of
whom are elected annually in accordance with the Bylaws of the Association. The
executive officers of the Association are elected annually by the Board of
Directors and serve at the Board's discretion.  The following table sets forth
information with respect to the directors and executive officers of the
Association.

                                   DIRECTORS



                                                                          Current                                      
                                                               Director   Term                                        
Name                       Age (1)  Position with Association   Since    Expires                                      
- ----                       -------  -------------------------  --------  -------                                      
                                                                                                       
James L. Wittmer               72   Chairman of the Board          1976     2000                                      
Carl D. Smith                  51   President and Director         1976     1999                                      
Marion L. Ress                 67   Director                       1980     1999                                      
Howard L. Traphagen            67   Director                       1987     2000                                      
James G. Tyler                 48   Director                       1989     2001                                      
Daniel P. Lutgring             44   Director                       1997     2001                                      
 
                    EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS
 
Name                       Age (1)  Position with Association                                                    
- ----                       -------  -------------------------                                                    
                                                                                                                 
Clark A. Blackford             50   Vice President, Secretary
                                    and Treasurer                                      


___________________
(1)  As of December 31, 1997.

                                       50

 
BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

     Set forth below is certain information regarding the Directors and
executive officers of the Association.  Unless otherwise stated, each director
and executive officer has held his current occupation for the last five years.
There are no family relationships among or between the directors or executive
officers, except that Mr. Wittmer and Mr. Ress are first cousins by marriage.

     James G. Tyler has practiced as an attorney in Tell City, Indiana since
1982.

     Daniel P. Lutgring is the co-owner of Lutgring Bros., Inc., a contractor
and earthmover in Tell City, Indiana.

     Carl D. Smith is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Association, positions he has held since 1976. Mr. Smith has been employed by
the Association since 1969.

     Clarke A. Blackford has served as  Vice President of the Association since
1993 and as Treasurer and Secretary since 1980.  Mr. Blackford has been employed
by the Association since 1974.

     James L. Wittmer is a retired businessman and investor.

     Marion L. Ress is the retired president and majority owner of Frederick
Sheet Metal, Inc. in Tell City, Indiana.

     Howard L. Traphagen is a retired businessman.

MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The business of the Association is conducted through meetings and
activities of the Board of Directors and its committees.  During the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997, the Board of Directors held 24 regular meetings. No
director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the Board of Directors
and of committees on which such director served.

     The Board of Directors maintains an Audit Committee, consisting of
Directors Tyler and Wittmer, which receives and reviews all reports prepared by
the Association's external auditor.  The Board of Directors met one time in its
capacity as Audit Committee during 1997.

     The Board of Directors maintains a Salary Committee, consisting of
Directors Tyler, Traphagen and Wittmer, which is responsible for setting the
salaries of all employees.  The Salary Committee met three times in 1997.

     The Board of Directors maintains a Loan Committee, consisting of Directors
Wittmer, Ress, Traphagen and Smith, which reviews and approves mortgage loan
applications.  The Loan Committee met 32 times in 1997.

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     FEES.  Directors of the Association receive an annual retainer of $3,800
plus $50 per meeting attended.  The Chairman of the Board receives an additional
$1,000 per year.  Non-employee members of the Loan Committee receive $25 per
meeting attended.  Following consummation of the conversion, directors' fees
will continue to be paid by the Association and, initially, no separate fees are
expected to be paid for service on the Holding Company's Board of Directors.

                                       51

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE.  The following information is furnished for Mr.
Smith for the year ended December 31, 1997.  No executive officer of the
Association received salary and bonus of $100,000 or more during the year ended
December 31, 1997.



                                         Annual Compensation(1)
                          ----------------------------------------
Name and                                          Other Annual       All Other
Position                  Year  Salary   Bonus   Compensation(2)   Compensation
- --------                  ----  -------  ------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                   
Carl D. Smith             1997  $54,335  $1,605        $5,350           $8,477(3)
President and Chief
Executive Officer
 

____________________
(1)       Compensation information for the years ended December 31, 1996 and
          1995 has been omitted as the Association was not a public company nor
          a subsidiary thereof at such time.
(2)       Consists of fees for review of appraisals.  Does not include the
          aggregate amount of perquisites and other personal benefits, which was
          less than 10% of the total annual salary and bonus reported.
(3)       Consists of $3,358 contribution to 401(k) plan and $5,119 contribution
          to money purchase pension plan.

          EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS.  In connection with the conversion, the Holding
Company and the Association (collectively, the "Employers") plan to enter into
three-year employment agreements ("Employment Agreement") with Messrs. Smith and
Blackford.  Under the Employment Agreements, the initial salary levels for Mr.
Smith and Mr. Blackford  will be $________ and $_______, respectively, which
amount will be paid by the Association and may be increased at the discretion of
the Board of Directors or an authorized committee of the Board.  On each
anniversary of the commencement date of the Employment Agreement, the term of
each agreement may be extended for an additional year at the discretion of the
Board.  The agreements  are terminable by the Employers at any time, by the
executive if he is assigned duties inconsistent with his initial position,
duties, responsibilities and status, or upon the occurrence of certain events
specified by federal regulations.  In the event that the executive's employment
is terminated without cause or upon the executive's voluntary termination
following the occurrence of an event described in the preceding sentence, the
Association would be required to honor the terms of the agreement through the
expiration of the current term, including payment of current cash compensation
and continuation of employee benefits.

          The Employment Agreements also provide for a severance payment and
other benefits in the event of involuntary termination of employment in
connection with any change in control of the Employers. A severance payment also
will be provided on a similar basis in connection with a voluntary termination
of employment where, subsequent to a change in control, the executive is
assigned duties inconsistent with his position, duties, responsibilities and
status immediately prior to such change in control. The term "change in control"
is defined in the agreement as having occurred when, among other things, (a) a
person other than the Holding Company purchases shares of the Holding Company's
common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for such shares, (b) any
person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the EXCHANGE ACT)
is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Holding Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the
Holding Company's then outstanding securities, (c) the membership of the Board
of Directors changes as the result of a contested election, or (d) shareholders
of the Holding Company approve a merger, consolidation, sale or disposition of
all or substantially all of the Holding Company's assets, or a plan of partial
or complete liquidation.

          The maximum value of the severance benefits under the Employment
Agreements is 2.99 times the executive's average annual compensation during the
five-year period preceding the effective date of the change in control (the
"base amount"). The Employment Agreements provides that the value of the maximum
benefit may be distributed, at the
                                       52

 
executive's election, (i) in the form of a lump sum cash payment equal to 2.99
times the executive's base amount or (ii) a combination of a cash payment and
continued coverage under the Employers' health, life and disability programs for
a 36-month period following the change in control, the total value of which does
not exceed 2.99 times the executive's base amount. Assuming that a change in
control had occurred at December 31, 1997 and that Mr. Smith and Mr. Blackford
elected to receive a lump sum cash payment, they would have been entitled to
payments of approximately $155,000 and $133,000, respectively. Section 280G of
the INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, provides that severance payments that equal or exceed
three times the individual's base amount are deemed to be "excess parachute
payments" if they are contingent upon a change in control. Individuals receiving
excess parachute payments are subject to a 20% excise tax on the amount of such
excess payments, and the Employers would not be entitled to deduct the amount of
such excess payments.

    The Employment Agreements restrict the executive's right to compete against
the Employers for a period of one year from the date of termination of the
agreement if he voluntarily terminates employment, except in the event of a
change in control.

BENEFITS

    GENERAL.  The Association currently pays 100% of the premiums for medical,
dental, life and disability insurance benefits for full-time employees, subject
to certain deductibles.

    401(K) PLAN.  The Association maintains the Peoples Building and Loan
Association 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and Trust ("401(k) Plan") for the
benefit of eligible employees of the Association.  The 401(k) Plan is intended
to be a tax-qualified plan under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code.  Employees of the Association who have completed one year of
service and who have attained age 21 are eligible to participate in the 401(k)
Plan on the January 1 next following the date such requirements are satisfied.
Participants may contribute up to the applicable IRS limits ($10,000 in 1998) to
the 401(k) Plan through a salary reduction election.  The Association matches
participant contributions at the rate of 200% up to 3% of the participant's
annual compensation.

    In addition to employer matching contributions, the Association may
contribute a discretionary amount to the 401(k) Plan in any plan year which is
allocated to individual participants in the proportion that their annual
compensation bears to the total compensation of all participants during the plan
year.  Participants are at all times 100% vested in all salary reduction
contributions.  Employer matching and profit-sharing contributions vest at the
rate of 20% per year beginning with the completion of three years of service.
For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Association incurred total
contribution-related expenses of $10,000 in connection with the 401(k) Plan.

    Generally, the investment of 401(k) Plan assets is directed by plan
participants.  In connection with the conversion, the investment options
available to participants will be expanded to include the opportunity to direct
the investment of up to 100% of their 401(k) Plan account balance to purchase
shares of the Holding Company's common stock.  A participant in the 401(k) Plan
who elects to purchase common stock in the conversion through the 401(k) Plan
will receive the same subscription priority and be subject to the same
individual purchase limitations as if the participant had elected to make such
purchase using other funds.  See "THE CONVERSION -- Limitations on Purchases of
Shares."

    MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN.  The Association maintains a money purchase
pension plan for the benefit of eligible employees.  Employee are eligible to
participate in the plan upon the completion of one year of service.  The
Association makes annual contributions on behalf of plan participants at the
rate of 6% of compensation up to $15,000 and 10.3% for compensation in excess of
$15,000.  Association contributions vest at the rate of 20% per year beginning
with the completion of three years of service.  At retirement, the normal form
of distribution of benefits is a lump-sum payment or one of various forms of
annuities.  For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Association made
contributions of $14,000 to the plan.

    STOCK OPTION PLAN.  The Board of Directors of the Holding Company intends to
adopt the Stock Option Plan and to submit the Stock Option Plan to the
stockholders for approval at a meeting held no earlier than six months following

                                       53

 
consummation of the conversion.  Under current OTS regulations, the approval of
a majority vote of the Holding Company's outstanding shares is required for
implementation of the Stock Option Plan within one year of the consummation of
the conversion.  The Stock Option Plan will comply with all applicable
regulatory requirements. However, the Stock Option Plan will not be approved or
endorsed by the OTS.

    The Stock Option Plan will be designed to attract and retain qualified
management personnel and nonemployee directors, to provide such officers, key
employees and nonemployee directors with a proprietary interest in the Holding
Company as an incentive to contribute to the success of the Holding Company and
the Association, and to reward officers and key employees for outstanding
performance.  The Stock Option Plan will provide for the grant of incentive
stock options ("ISOs") intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422
of the Internal Revenue Code and for nonqualified stock options ("NQOs").  Upon
receipt of stockholder approval of the Stock Option Plan, stock options may be
granted to key employees of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, including
the Association.  Unless sooner terminated, the Stock Option Plan will continue
in effect for a period of ten years from the date the Stock Option Plan is
approved by stockholders.

    A number of authorized shares of common stock equal to 10% of the number of
shares of common stock issued in connection with the conversion will be reserved
for future issuance under the Stock Option Plan (34,500 shares based on the
issuance of 345,000 shares at the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range).
Shares acquired upon exercise of options will be authorized but unissued shares
or treasury shares.  In the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock
dividend, or similar event, the number of shares of common stock under the Stock
Option Plan, the number of shares to which any award relates and the exercise
price per share under any option may be adjusted by the Committee (as defined
below) to reflect the increase or decrease in the total number of shares of
common stock outstanding.

    The Stock Option Plan will be administered and interpreted by a committee of
the Board of Directors ("Committee").  Subject to applicable OTS regulations,
the Committee will determine which nonemployee directors, officers and key
employees will be granted options, whether, in the case of officers and
employees, such options will be ISOs or NQOs, the number of shares subject to
each option, and the exercisability of such options.  All options granted to
nonemployee directors will be NQOs.  The per share exercise price of all options
will equal at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on
the date the option is granted.

    Under current OTS regulations, if the Stock Option Plan is implemented
within one year of the consummation of the conversion, (i) no officer or
employees could receive an award of options covering in excess of 25%, (ii) no
nonemployee director could receive in excess of 5% and (iii) nonemployee
directors, as a group, could not receive in excess of 30% of the number of
shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan.

    It is anticipated that all options granted under the Stock Option Plan will
be granted subject to a vesting schedule whereby the options become exercisable
over a specified period following the date of grant.  Under OTS regulations, if
the Stock Option Plan is implemented within the first year following
consummation of the conversion the minimum vesting period will be five years.
All unvested options will be immediately exercisable in the event of the
recipient's death or disability.  Unvested options also will be exercisable
following a change in control (as defined in the Stock Option Plan) of the
Holding Company or the Association to the extent authorized or not prohibited by
applicable law or regulations.  OTS regulations currently provide that if the
Stock Option Plan is implemented prior to the first anniversary of the
conversion, vesting may not be accelerated upon a change in control of the
Holding Company or the Association.

    Each stock option that is awarded to an officer or key employee will remain
exercisable at any time on or after the date it vests through the earlier to
occur of the tenth anniversary of the date of grant or three months after the
date on which the optionee terminates employment (one year in the event of the
optionee's termination by reason of death or disability), unless such period is
extended by the Committee.  Each stock option that is awarded to a nonemployee
director will remain exercisable through the earlier to occur of the tenth
anniversary of the date of grant or one year (two years in the event of a
nonemployee director's death or disability) following the termination of a
nonemployee director's service on the Board.  All stock options are
nontransferable except by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

                                       54

 
    Under current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the federal tax
treatment of ISOs and NQOs is different. With respect to ISOs, an optionee who
satisfies certain holding period requirements will not recognize income at the
time the option is granted or at the time the option is exercised.  If the
holding period requirements are satisfied, the optionee will generally recognize
capital gain or loss upon a subsequent disposition of the shares of common stock
received upon the exercise of a stock option.  If the holding period
requirements are not satisfied, the difference between the fair market value of
the common stock on the date of grant and the option exercise price, if any,
will be taxable to the optionee at ordinary income tax rates.  A federal income
tax deduction generally will not be available to the Holding Company as a result
of the grant or exercise of an ISO, unless the optionee fails to satisfy the
holding period requirements.  With respect to NQOs, the grant of an NQO
generally is not a taxable event for the optionee and no tax deduction will be
available to the Holding Company.  However, upon the exercise of an NQO, the
difference between the fair market value of the common stock on the date of
exercise and the option exercise price generally will be treated as compensation
to the optionee upon exercise, and the Holding Company will be entitled to a
compensation expense deduction in the amount of income realized by the optionee.

    Although no specific award determinations have been made at this time, the
Holding Company and the Association anticipate that if stockholder approval is
obtained it would provide awards to its directors, officers and employees to the
extent and under terms and conditions permitted by applicable regulations.  The
size of individual awards will be determined prior to submitting the Stock
Option Plan for stockholder approval, and disclosure of anticipated awards will
be included in the proxy materials for such meeting.

    MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION AND DEVELOPMENT PLAN.  Following the conversion, the
Board of Directors of the Holding Company intends to adopt an MRDP for officers,
employees, and nonemployee directors of the Holding Company and the Association,
subject to shareholder approval.  The MRDP will enable the Holding Company and
the Association to provide participants with a proprietary interest in the
Holding Company as an incentive to contribute to the success of the Holding
Company and the Association.  The MRDP will comply with all applicable
regulatory requirements.  However, the MRDP will not be approved or endorsed by
the OTS.  Under current OTS regulations, the approval of a majority vote of the
Holding Company's outstanding shares is required for implementation of the MRDP
within one year of the consummation of the conversion.

    The MRDP expects to acquire a number of shares of the Holding Company's
common stock equal to 4% of the common stock issued in connection with the
conversion (13,800 shares based on the issuance of 345,000 shares in the
conversion at the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range).  Such shares will
be acquired on the open market, if available, with funds contributed by the
Holding Company or the Association to a trust which the Holding Company may
establish in conjunction with the MRDP ("MRDP Trust") or from authorized but
unissued shares or treasury shares of the Holding Company.

    A committee of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company will administer
the MRDP, the members of which will also serve as trustees of the MRDP Trust, if
formed.  The trustees will be responsible for the investment of all funds
contributed by the Holding Company or the Association to the MRDP Trust.  The
Board of Directors of the Holding Company may terminate the MRDP at any time
and, upon termination, all unallocated shares of common stock will revert to the
Holding Company.

    Shares of common stock granted pursuant to the MRDP will be in the form of
restricted stock payable ratably over a specified vesting period following the
date of grant.  During the period of restriction, all shares will be held in
escrow by the Holding Company or by the MRDP Trust.  Under OTS regulations, if
the MRDP is implemented within the first year following consummation of the
conversion, the minimum vesting period will be five years.  All unvested MRDP
awards will vest in the event of the recipient's death or disability.  Unvested
MRDP awards will also vest following a change in control (as defined in the
MRDP) of the Holding Company or the Association to the extent authorized or not
prohibited by applicable law or regulations.  OTS regulations currently provide
that, if the MRDP is implemented prior to the first anniversary of the
conversion, vesting may not be accelerated upon a change in control of the
Holding Company or the Association.

                                       55

 
    A recipient of an MRDP award in the form of restricted stock generally will
not recognize income upon an award of shares of common stock, and the Holding
Company will not be entitled to a federal income tax deduction, until the
termination of the restrictions.  Upon such termination, the recipient will
recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the
common stock at the time and the Holding Company will be entitled to a deduction
in the same amount after satisfying federal income tax withholding requirements.
However, the recipient may elect to recognize ordinary income in the year the
restricted stock is granted in an amount equal to the fair market value of the
shares at that time, determined without regard to the restrictions.  In that
event, the Holding Company will be entitled to a deduction in such year and in
the same amount.  Any gain or loss recognized by the recipient upon subsequent
disposition of the stock will be either a capital gain or capital loss.

    Although no specific award determinations have been made at this time, the
Holding Company and the Association anticipate that if stockholder approval is
obtained it would provide awards to its directors, officers and employees to the
extent and under terms and conditions permitted by applicable regulations.
Under current OTS regulations, if the MRDP is implemented within one year of the
consummation of the conversion, (i) no officer or employees could receive an
award covering in excess of 25%, (ii) no nonemployee director could receive in
excess of 5% and (iii) nonemployee directors, as a group, could not receive in
excess of 30% of the number of shares reserved for issuance under the MRDP.  The
size of individual awards will be determined prior to submitting the MRDP for
stockholder approval, and disclosure of anticipated awards will be included in
the proxy materials for such meeting.

TRANSACTIONS WITH THE ASSOCIATION

    Federal regulations require that all loans or extensions of credit to
executive officers and directors must generally be made on substantially the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the
time for comparable transactions with other persons (unless the loan or
extension of credit is made under a benefit program generally available to all
other employees and does not give preference to any insider over any other
employee) and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present
other unfavorable features.  The Association's policy is not to make any new
loans or extensions of credit to the Association's executive officers and
directors at different rates or terms than those offered to the general public.
In addition, loans made to a director or executive officer in an amount that,
when aggregated with the amount of all other loans to such person and his
related interests, are in excess of the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the
Association's capital and surplus (up to a maximum of $500,000) must be approved
in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.
See "REGULATION -- Federal Regulation of Savings Associations -- Transactions
with Affiliates."  The aggregate amount of loans by the Association to its
executive officers and directors was $145,000 at December 31, 1997, or
approximately 2.85% of pro forma stockholders' equity (based on the issuance of
the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range).


                                  REGULATION

GENERAL

    The Association is subject to extensive regulation, examination and
supervision by the OTS as its chartering agency, and the FDIC, as the insurer of
its deposits.  The activities of federal savings institutions are governed by
the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended (the "HOLA") and, in certain respects, the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") and the regulations issued by the OTS and
the FDIC to implement these statutes.  These laws and regulations delineate the
nature and extent of the activities in which federal savings associations may
engage.  Lending activities and other investments must comply with various
statutory and regulatory capital requirements.  In addition, the Association's
relationship with its depositors and borrowers is also regulated to a great
extent, especially in such matters as the ownership of deposit accounts and the
form and content of the Association's mortgage documents.  The Association must
file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial
condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into
certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial
institutions.  There are periodic examinations by the OTS and the FDIC to review
the Association's compliance with various regulatory 

                                       56

 
requirements. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities
extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement
activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the
classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves
for regulatory purposes. Any change in such policies, whether by the OTS, the
FDIC or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Association and
its operations.

FEDERAL REGULATION OF SAVINGS ASSOCIATIONS

    OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION.  The OTS is an office in the Department of the
Treasury subject to the general oversight of the Secretary of the Treasury.  The
OTS generally possesses the supervisory and regulatory duties and
responsibilities formerly vested in the Federal Home Loan Bank Board.  Among
other functions, the OTS issues and enforces regulations affecting federally
insured savings associations and regularly examines these institutions.

    FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM.  The FHLB System, consisting of 12 FHLBs, is
under the jurisdiction of the Federal Housing Finance Board ("FHFB").  The
designated duties of the FHFB are to supervise the FHLBs, to ensure that the
FHLBs carry out their housing finance mission, to ensure that the FHLBs remain
adequately capitalized and able to raise funds in the capital markets, and to
ensure that the FHLBs operate in a safe and sound manner.  The Association, as a
member of the FHLB-Indianapolis, is required to acquire and hold shares of
capital stock in the FHLB-Indianapolis in an amount equal to the greater of (i)
1.0% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of residential mortgage
loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each
year, or (ii) 1/20 of its advances (i.e., borrowings) from the FHLB-
Indianapolis.  The Association is in compliance with this requirement with an
investment in FHLB-Indianapolis stock of $196,000 at December 31, 1997.  Among
other benefits, the FHLB-Indianapolis provides a central credit facility
primarily for member institutions.  It is funded primarily from proceeds derived
from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System.  It makes advances
to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the FHFB
and the Board of Directors of the FHLB-Indianapolis.

    FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.  The FDIC is an independent federal
agency that insures the deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of
depository institutions.  The FDIC currently maintains two separate insurance
funds: the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") and the SAIF.  As insurer of the
Association's deposits, the FDIC has examination, supervisory and enforcement
authority over the Association.

    The Association's accounts are insured by the SAIF to the maximum extent
permitted by law.  The Association pays deposit insurance premiums based on a
risk-based assessment system established by the FDIC.  Under applicable
regulations, institutions are assigned to one of three capital groups that are
based solely on the level of an institution's capital -- "well capitalized,"
"adequately capitalized," and "undercapitalized" -- which are defined in the
same manner as the regulations establishing the prompt corrective action system,
as discussed below.  These three groups are then divided into three subgroups
which reflect varying levels of supervisory concern, from those which are
considered to be healthy to those which are considered to be of substantial
supervisory concern.  The matrix so created results in nine assessment risk
classifications, with rates that until September 30, 1996 ranged from 0.23% for
well capitalized, financially sound institutions with only a few minor
weaknesses to 0.31% for undercapitalized institutions that pose a substantial
risk of loss to the SAIF unless effective corrective action is taken.

    Pursuant to the Deposit Insurance Funds Act ("DIF Act"), which was enacted
on September 30, 1996, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on each depository
institution with SAIF-assessable deposits which resulted in the SAIF achieving
its designated reserve ratio.  In connection therewith, the FDIC reduced the
assessment schedule for SAIF members, effective January 1, 1997, to a range of
0% to 0.27%, with most institutions, including the Association, paying 0%.  This
assessment schedule is the same as that for the BIF, which reached its
designated reserve ratio in 1995.  In addition, since January 1, 1997, SAIF
members are charged an assessment of .065% of SAIF-assessable deposits for the
purpose of paying interest on the obligations issued by the Financing
Corporation ("FICO") in the 1980s to help fund the thrift industry cleanup.
BIF-assessable deposits will be charged an assessment to help pay interest on
the FICO bonds at a rate of approximately .013% until the earlier of December
31, 1999 or the date upon which the last savings association ceases to exist,
after which time the assessment will be the same for all insured deposits.

                                       57

 
    The DIF Act provides for the merger of the BIF and the SAIF into the Deposit
Insurance Fund on January 1, 1999, but only if no insured depository institution
is a savings association on that date.  The DIF Act contemplates the development
of a common charter for all federally chartered depository institutions and the
abolition of separate charters for national banks and federal savings
associations.  It is not known what form the common charter may take and what
effect, if any, the adoption of a new charter would have on the operation of the
Association.

    The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository
institution if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or
is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition
to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or
any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC.  It also may suspend
deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent
termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital.  If
insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time
of termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a
period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC.  Management is
aware of no existing circumstances that could result in termination of the
deposit insurance of the Association.

    LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS.  Under OTS regulations, each savings institution is
required to maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets (cash, certain
time deposits and savings accounts, bankers' acceptances, and specified U.S.
Government, state or federal agency obligations and certain other investments)
equal to a monthly average of not less than a specified percentage (currently
4.0%) of its net withdrawable accounts plus short-term borrowings.  Monetary
penalties may be imposed for failure to meet liquidity requirements.  See
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

    PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION.  Under the FDIA, each federal banking agency is
required to implement a system of prompt corrective action for institutions that
it regulates.  The federal banking agencies have promulgated substantially
similar regulations to implement this system of prompt corrective action.  Under
the regulations, an institution shall be deemed to be (i) "well capitalized" if
it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier I risk-
based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a leverage ratio of 5.0% or more and is
not subject to specified requirements to meet and maintain a specific capital
level for any capital measure; (ii) "adequately capitalized" if it has a total
risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio
of 4.0% or more, has a leverage ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain
circumstances) and does not meet the definition of "well capitalized;" (iii)
"undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than
8.0%, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or has a
leverage ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (iv)
"significantly undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that
is less than 6.0%, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0%
or has a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (v) "critically
undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is
equal to or less than 2.0%.

    A federal banking agency may, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing,
reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may
require an adequately capitalized institution or an undercapitalized institution
to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category if
the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or has received in its most
recent examination, and has not corrected, a less than satisfactory rating for
asset quality, management, earnings or liquidity.  (The OTS may not, however,
reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically
undercapitalized.)

    An institution generally must file a written capital restoration plan that
meets specified requirements, as well as a performance guaranty by each company
that controls the institution, with the appropriate federal banking agency
within 45 days of the date that the institution receives notice or is deemed to
have notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or
critically undercapitalized.  Immediately upon becoming undercapitalized, an
institution shall become subject to various mandatory and discretionary
restrictions on its operations.

    At December 31, 1997, the Association was categorized as "well capitalized"
under the prompt corrective action regulations of the OTS.

                                       58

 
    STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS.  The federal banking regulatory agencies
have prescribed, by regulation, standards for all insured depository
institutions relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems and
internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv)
interest rate risk exposure; (v) asset growth; (vi) asset quality; (vii)
earnings; and (viii) compensation, fees and benefits ("Guidelines").  The
Guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking
agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions
before capital becomes impaired.  If the OTS determines that the Association
fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the agency may require
the Association to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance
with the standard.  OTS regulations establish deadlines for the submission and
review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.

    QUALIFIED THRIFT LENDER TEST.  All savings associations are required to meet
a qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain restrictions on their
operations.  A savings institution that fails to become or remain a QTL shall
either convert to a national bank charter or be subject to the following
restrictions on its operations:  (i) the association may not make any new
investment or engage in activities that would not be permissible for national
banks; (ii) the association may not establish any new branch office where a
national bank located in the savings institution's home state would not be able
to establish a branch office; (iii) the association shall be ineligible to
obtain new advances from any FHLB; and (iv) the payment of dividends by the
association shall be subject to the rules regarding the statutory and regulatory
dividend restrictions applicable to national banks.  Also, beginning three years
after the date on which the savings institution ceases to be a QTL, the savings
institution would be prohibited from retaining any investment or engaging in any
activity not permissible for a national bank and would be required to repay any
outstanding advances to any FHLB.  In addition, within one year of the date on
which a savings association controlled by a company ceases to be a QTL, the
company must register as a bank holding company and become subject to the rules
applicable to such companies.  A savings institution may requalify as a QTL if
it thereafter complies with the QTL test.

    Currently, the QTL test requires that either an institution qualify as a
domestic building and loan association under the Internal Revenue  Code or that
65% of an institution's "portfolio assets" (as defined) consist of certain
housing and consumer-related assets on a monthly average basis in nine out of
every 12 months.  Assets that qualify without limit for inclusion as part of the
65% requirement are loans made to purchase, refinance, construct, improve or
repair domestic residential housing and manufactured housing; home equity loans;
mortgage-backed securities (where the mortgages are secured by domestic
residential housing or manufactured housing); FHLB stock; direct or indirect
obligations of the FDIC; and loans for educational purposes, loans to small
businesses and loans made through credit cards.  In addition, the following
assets, among others, may be included in meeting the test subject to an overall
limit of 20% of the savings institution's portfolio assets:  50% of residential
mortgage loans originated and sold within 90 days of origination; 100% of
consumer loans; and stock issued by Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae.  Portfolio assets
consist of total assets minus the sum of (i) goodwill and other intangible
assets, (ii) property used by the savings institution to conduct its business,
and (iii) liquid assets up to 20% of the institution's total assets.  At
December 31, 1997, the Association was in compliance with the QTL test.

    CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.  Under OTS regulations a savings association must
satisfy three minimum capital requirements: core capital, tangible capital and
risk-based capital.  Savings associations must meet all of the standards in
order to comply with the capital requirements.
 
    OTS capital regulations establish a 3% core capital or leverage ratio
(defined as the ratio of core capital to adjusted total assets).  Core capital
is defined to include common stockholders' equity, noncumulative perpetual
preferred stock and any related surplus, and minority interests in equity
accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less (i) any intangible assets, except
for certain qualifying intangible assets; (ii) certain mortgage servicing
rights; and (iii) equity and debt investments in subsidiaries that are not
"includable subsidiaries," which is defined as subsidiaries engaged solely in
activities not impermissible for a national bank, engaged in activities
impermissible for a national bank but only as an agent for its customers, or
engaged solely in mortgage-banking activities.  In calculating adjusted total
assets, adjustments are made to total assets to give effect to the exclusion of
certain assets from capital and to account appropriately for the investments in
and assets of both includable and non-includable subsidiaries.  Institutions
that fail to meet the core capital requirement 

                                       59

 
would be required to file with the OTS a capital plan that details the steps
they will take to reach compliance. In addition, the OTS's prompt corrective
action regulation provides that a savings institution that has a leverage ratio
of less than 4% (3% for institutions receiving the highest CAMEL examination
rating) will be deemed to be "undercapitalized" and may be subject to certain
restrictions. See "--Federal Regulation of Savings Associations -- Prompt
Corrective Action."

     Savings associations also must maintain "tangible capital" not less than
1.5% of the Association's adjusted total assets. "Tangible capital" is defined,
generally, as core capital minus any "intangible assets" other than purchased
mortgage servicing rights.

     Each savings institution must maintain total risk-based capital equal to at
least 8% of risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based capital consists of the sum
of core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital cannot
exceed core capital, as previously defined. Supplementary capital includes (i)
permanent capital instruments such as cumulative perpetual preferred stock,
perpetual subordinated debt and mandatory convertible subordinated debt, (ii)
maturing capital instruments such as subordinated debt, intermediate-term
preferred stock and mandatory convertible subordinated debt, subject to an
amortization schedule, and (iii) general valuation loan and lease loss
allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

     The risk-based capital regulation assigns each balance sheet asset held by
a savings institution to one of four risk categories based on the amount of
credit risk associated with that particular class of assets. Assets not included
for purposes of calculating capital are not included in calculating risk-
weighted assets. The categories range from 0% for cash and securities that are
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government to 100% for
repossessed assets or assets more than 90 days past due. Qualifying residential
mortgage loans (including multi-family mortgage loans) are assigned a 50% risk
weight. Consumer, commercial, home equity and residential construction loans are
assigned a 100% risk weight, as are nonqualifying residential mortgage loans and
that portion of land loans and nonresidential construction loans that do not
exceed an 80% loan-to-value ratio. The book value of assets in each category is
multiplied by the weighing factor (from 0% to 100%) assigned to that category.
These products are then totaled to arrive at total risk-weighted assets. Off-
balance sheet items are included in risk-weighted assets by converting them to
an approximate balance sheet "credit equivalent amount" based on a conversion
schedule. These credit equivalent amounts are then assigned to risk categories
in the same manner as balance sheet assets and included risk-weighted assets.

     The OTS has incorporated an interest rate risk component into its
regulatory capital rule. Under the rule, savings associations with "above
normal" interest rate risk exposure would be subject to a deduction from total
capital for purposes of calculating their risk-based capital requirements. A
savings association's interest rate risk is measured by the decline in the net
portfolio value of its assets (i.e., the difference between incoming and
                               ---- 
outgoing discounted cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet
contracts) that would result from a hypothetical 200 basis point increase or
decrease in market interest rates divided by the estimated economic value of the
association's assets, as calculated in accordance with guidelines set forth by
the OTS. A savings association whose measured interest rate risk exposure
exceeds 2% must deduct an interest rate risk component in calculating its total
capital under the risk-based capital rule. The interest rate risk component is
an amount equal to one-half of the difference between the institution's measured
interest rate risk and 2%, multiplied by the estimated economic value of the
association's assets. That dollar amount is deducted from an association's total
capital in calculating compliance with its risk-based capital requirement. Under
the rule, there is a two quarter lag between the reporting date of an
institution's financial data and the effective date for the new capital
requirement based on that data. A savings association with assets of less than
$300 million and risk-based capital ratios in excess of 12% is not subject to
the interest rate risk component, unless the OTS determines otherwise. The rule
also provides that the Director of the OTS may waive or defer an association's
interest rate risk component on a case-by-case basis. Under certain
circumstances, a savings association may request an adjustment to its interest
rate risk component if it believes that the OTS-calculated interest rate risk
component overstates its interest rate risk exposure. In addition, certain 
"well-capitalized" institutions may obtain authorization to use their own
interest rate risk model to calculate their interest rate risk component in lieu
of the OTS-calculated amount. The OTS has postponed the date that the component
will first be deducted from an institution's total capital.

                                       60

 
     See "HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE" for a table
that sets forth in terms of dollars and percentages the OTS tangible, core and
risk-based capital requirements, the Association's historical amounts and
percentages at December 31, 1997 and pro forma amounts and percentages based
upon the assumptions stated therein.
 
     LIMITATIONS ON CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS. OTS regulations impose uniform
limitations on the ability of all savings associations to engage in various
distributions of capital such as dividends, stock repurchases and cash-out
mergers. In addition, OTS regulations require the Association to give the OTS 30
days' advance notice of any proposed declaration of dividends, and the OTS has
the authority under its supervisory powers to prohibit the payment of dividends.
The regulation utilizes a three-tiered approach which permits various levels of
distributions based primarily upon a savings association's capital level.

     A Tier 1 savings association has capital in excess of its fully phased-in
capital requirement (both before and after the proposed capital distribution).
A Tier 1 savings association may make (without application but upon prior notice
to, and no objection made by, the OTS) capital distributions during a calendar
year up to 100% of its net income to date during the calendar year plus one-half
its surplus capital ratio (i.e., the amount of capital in excess of its fully
                           ----                                              
phased-in requirement) at the beginning of the calendar year or the amount
authorized for a Tier 2 association.  Capital distributions in excess of such
amount require advance notice to the OTS.  A Tier 2 savings association has
capital equal to or in excess of its minimum capital requirement but below its
fully phased-in capital requirement (both before and after the proposed capital
distribution).  Such an association may make (without application) capital
distributions up to an amount equal to 75% of its net income during the previous
four quarters depending on how close the association is to meeting its fully
phased-in capital requirement.  Capital distributions exceeding this amount
require prior OTS approval.  Tier 3 associations are savings associations with
capital below the minimum capital requirement (either before or after the
proposed capital distribution).  Tier 3 associations may not make any capital
distributions without prior approval from the OTS.

     The Association currently meets the criteria to be designated a Tier 1
association and, consequently, could at its option (after prior notice to, and
no objection made by, the OTS) distribute up to 100% of its net income during
the calendar year plus 50% of its surplus capital ratio at the beginning of the
calendar year less any distributions previously paid during the year.

     LOANS TO ONE BORROWER.  Under the HOLA, savings institutions are generally
subject to the national bank limit on loans to one borrower.  Generally, this
limit is 15% of the Association's unimpaired capital and surplus, plus an
additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loan is secured by
readily-marketable collateral, which is defined to include certain financial
instruments and bullion.  The OTS by regulation has amended the loans to one
borrower rule to permit savings associations meeting certain requirements,
including capital requirements, to extend loans to one borrower in additional
amounts under circumstances limited essentially to loans to develop or complete
residential housing units.  At December 31, 1997, the Association's regulatory
limit on loans to one borrower was $500,000.  At December 31, 1997, the
Association's largest aggregate amount of loans to one borrower was $500,000.
 
     ACTIVITIES OF ASSOCIATIONS AND THEIR SUBSIDIARIES.  A savings association
may establish operating subsidiaries to engage in any activity that the savings
association may conduct directly and service corporation subsidiaries to engage
in certain preapproved activities or, with approval of the OTS, other activities
reasonably related to the activities of financial institutions.  When a savings
association establishes or acquires a subsidiary or elects to conduct any new
activity through a subsidiary that the association controls, the savings
association must notify the FDIC and the OTS 30 days in advance and provide the
information each agency may, by regulation, require.  Savings associations also
must conduct the activities of subsidiaries in accordance with existing
regulations and orders.

     The OTS may determine that the continuation by a savings association of its
ownership control of, or its relationship to, the subsidiary constitutes a
serious risk to the safety, soundness or stability of the association or is
inconsistent with sound banking practices or with the purposes of the FDIA.
Based upon that determination, the FDIC or the OTS has the authority to order
the savings association to divest itself of control of the subsidiary.  The FDIC
also may 

                                       61

 
determine by regulation or order that any specific activity poses a serious
threat to the SAIF. If so, it may require that no SAIF member engage in that
activity directly.

     TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Savings associations must comply with
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act relative to transactions with
affiliates in the same manner and to the same extent as if the savings
association were a Federal Reserve member bank.   A savings and loan holding
company, its subsidiaries and any other company under common control are
considered affiliates of the subsidiary savings association under the HOLA.
Generally, Sections 23A and 23B:  (i) limit the extent to which the insured
association or its subsidiaries may engage in certain covered transactions with
an affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution's capital and surplus
and place an aggregate limit on all such transactions with affiliates to an
amount equal to 20% of such capital and surplus, and (ii) require that all such
transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the
institution or subsidiary, as those provided to a non-affiliate.  The term
"covered transaction" includes the making of loans, the purchase of assets, the
issuance of a guarantee and similar types of transactions.  Any loan or
extension of credit by the Association to an affiliate must be secured by
collateral in accordance with Section 23A.

     Three additional rules apply to savings associations:  (i) a savings
association may not make any loan or other extension of credit to an affiliate
unless that affiliate is engaged only in activities permissible for bank holding
companies;  (ii) a savings association may not purchase or invest in securities
issued by an affiliate (other than securities of a subsidiary); and (iii) the
OTS may, for reasons of safety and soundness, impose more stringent restrictions
on savings associations but may not exempt transactions from or otherwise
abridge Section 23A or 23B.  Exemptions from Section 23A or 23B may be granted
only by the Federal Reserve, as is currently the case with respect to all FDIC-
insured banks.

     The Association's authority to extend credit to executive officers,
directors and 10% shareholders, as well as entities controlled by such persons,
is currently governed by Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act,
and Regulation O thereunder.  Among other things, these regulations require that
such loans be made on terms and conditions substantially the same as those
offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of
repayment.  Regulation O also places individual and aggregate limits on the
amount of loans the Association may make to such persons based, in part, on the
Association's capital position, and requires certain board approval procedures
to be followed.  The OTS regulations, with certain minor variances, apply
Regulation O to savings institutions.

     COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT.  Savings associations are also subject to the
provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, which requires the
appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, in connection with its regular
examination of a savings association, to assess the savings association's record
in meeting the credit needs of the community serviced by the savings
associations, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The regulatory
agency's assessment of the savings association's record is made available to the
public.  Further, such assessment is required of any savings associations which
has applied, among other things, to establish a new branch office that will
accept deposits, relocate an existing office or merge or consolidate with, or
acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of, a federally regulated financial
institution.

SAVINGS AND LOAN HOLDING COMPANY REGULATIONS

     HOLDING COMPANY ACQUISITIONS.  The HOLA and OTS regulations issued
thereunder generally prohibit a savings and loan holding company, without prior
OTS approval, from acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of any other
savings association or savings and loan holding company or controlling the
assets thereof.  They also prohibit, among other things, any director or officer
of a savings and loan holding company, or any individual who owns or controls
more than 25% of the voting shares of such holding company, from acquiring
control of any savings association not a subsidiary of such savings and loan
holding company, unless the acquisition is approved by the OTS.

     HOLDING COMPANY ACTIVITIES.  As a unitary savings and loan holding company,
the Holding Company generally is not subject to activity restrictions under the
HOLA.  If the Holding Company acquires control of another savings association as
a separate subsidiary other than in a supervisory acquisition, it would become a
multiple savings and loan 

                                       62

 
holding company. There generally are more restrictions on the activities of a
multiple savings and loan holding company than on those of a unitary savings and
loan holding company. The HOLA provides that, among other things, no multiple
savings and loan holding company or subsidiary thereof which is not an insured
association shall commence or continue for more than two years after becoming a
multiple savings and loan association holding company or subsidiary thereof, any
business activity other than: (i) furnishing or performing management services
for a subsidiary insured institution, (ii) conducting an insurance agency or
escrow business, (iii) holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned by or
acquired from a subsidiary insured institution, (iv) holding or managing
properties used or occupied by a subsidiary insured institution, (v) acting as
trustee under deeds of trust, (vi) those activities previously directly
authorized by regulation as of March 5, 1987 to be engaged in by multiple
holding companies or (vii) those activities authorized by the Federal Reserve
Board as permissible for bank holding companies, unless the OTS by regulation,
prohibits or limits such activities for savings and loan holding companies.
Those activities described in (vii) above also must be approved by the OTS prior
to being engaged in by a multiple savings and loan holding company.

     QUALIFIED THRIFT LENDER TEST.  The HOLA provides that any savings and loan
holding company that controls a savings association that fails the QTL test, as
explained under "-- Federal Regulation of Savings Associations --Qualified
Thrift Lender Test," must, within one year after the date on which the
association ceases to be a QTL, register as and be deemed a bank holding company
subject to all applicable laws and regulations.


                                   TAXATION

FEDERAL TAXATION

     GENERAL.  The Holding Company and the Association will report their income
on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting and will be
subject to federal income taxation in the same manner as other corporations with
some exceptions, including particularly the Association's reserve for bad debts
discussed below.  The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a
summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules
applicable to the Association or the Holding Company.

     BAD DEBT RESERVE.  Historically, savings institutions such as the
Association which met certain definitional tests primarily related to their
assets and the nature of their business ("qualifying thrift") were permitted to
establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions thereto, which
may have been deducted in arriving at their taxable income.  The Association's
deductions with respect to "qualifying real property loans," which are generally
loans secured by certain interest in real property, were computed using an
amount based on the Association's actual loss experience, or a percentage equal
to 8% of the Association's taxable income, computed with certain modifications
and reduced by the amount of any permitted additions to the non-qualifying
reserve.  Due to the Association's loss experience, the Association generally
recognized a bad debt deduction equal to 8% of taxable income.

     In August 1996, the provisions repealing the current thrift bad debt rules
were passed by Congress as part of "The Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996."  The new rules eliminate the 8% of taxable income method for deducting
additions to the tax bad debt reserves for all thrifts for tax years beginning
after December 31, 1995.  These rules also require that all institutions
recapture all or a portion of their bad debt reserves added since the base year
(last taxable year beginning before January 1, 1988).  The Association has no
post-1987 reserves subject to recapture.  For taxable years beginning after
December 31, 1995, the Association's bad debt deduction will be determined under
the experience method using a formula based on actual bad debt experience over a
period of years.  The unrecaptured base year reserves will not be subject to
recapture as long as the institution continues to carry on the business of
banking. In addition, the balance of the pre-1988 bad debt reserves continue to
be subject to provisions of present law referred to below that require recapture
in the case of certain excess distributions to shareholders.

     DISTRIBUTIONS.  To the extent that the Association makes "nondividend
distributions" to the Holding Company, such distributions will be considered to
result in distributions from the balance of its bad debt reserve as of December
31, 

                                       63

 
1987 (or a lesser amount if the Association's loan portfolio decreased since
December 31, 1987) and then from the supplemental reserve for losses on loans
("Excess Distributions"), and an amount based on the Excess Distributions will
be included in the Association's taxable income. Nondividend distributions
include distributions in excess of the Association's current and accumulated
earnings and profits, distributions in redemption of stock and distributions in
partial or complete liquidation. However, dividends paid out of the
Association's current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for
federal income tax purposes, will not be considered to result in a distribution
from the Association's bad debt reserve. The amount of additional taxable income
created from an Excess Distribution is an amount that, when reduced by the tax
attributable to the income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Thus,
if, after the conversion, the Association makes a "nondividend distribution,"
then approximately one and one-half times the Excess Distribution would be
includable in gross income for federal income tax purposes, assuming a 34%
corporate income tax rate (exclusive of state and local taxes). See "REGULATION"
and "DIVIDEND POLICY" for limits on the payment of dividends by the Association.
The Association does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a
recapture of any portion of its tax bad debt reserve.

     CORPORATE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX.  The Internal Revenue Code imposes a tax
on alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%.  The excess of
the tax bad debt reserve deduction using the percentage of taxable income method
over the deduction that would have been allowable under the experience method is
treated as a preference item for purposes of computing the AMTI.  In addition,
only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carry-overs.  AMTI is
increased by an amount equal to 75% of the amount by which the Association's
adjusted current earnings exceeds its AMTI (determined without regard to this
preference and prior to reduction for net operating losses).  For taxable years
beginning after December 31, 1986, and before January 1, 1996, an environmental
tax of 0.12% of the excess of AMTI (with certain modification) over $2.0 million
is imposed on corporations, including the Association, whether or not an
Alternative Minimum Tax is paid.

     DIVIDENDS-RECEIVED DEDUCTION.  The Holding Company may exclude from its
income 100% of dividends received from the Association as a member of the same
affiliated group of corporations.  The corporate dividends-received deduction is
generally 70% in the case of dividends received from unaffiliated corporations
with which the Holding Company and the Association will not file a consolidated
tax return, except that if the Holding Company or the Association owns more than
20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend, then 80% of any
dividends received may be deducted.

     AUDITS.  The IRS audited the Association's federal income tax returns for
1994.

INDIANA TAXATION

     Indiana imposes an 8.5% franchise tax based on a financial institution's
adjusted gross income as defined by statute.  In computing adjusted gross
income, deductions for municipal interest, U.S. government interest, the bad
debt deduction computed using the reserve method and pre-1990 net operating
losses are disallowed.  The Association's state franchise tax returns have not
been audited for the past five years.

                                       64

 
                                THE CONVERSION
                                        
     THE OTS HAS APPROVED THE PLAN OF CONVERSION SUBJECT TO ITS APPROVAL BY THE
MEMBERS OF THE ASSOCIATION ENTITLED TO VOTE THEREON AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF
CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS IMPOSED BY THE OTS IN ITS APPROVAL. OTS APPROVAL DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION OR ENDORSEMENT OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION.

GENERAL

     On January 14, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Association unanimously
adopted the Plan of Conversion, which was subsequently amended on March 16,
1998, pursuant to which the Association will be converted from a mutual savings
association to a federally chartered stock savings bank to be held as a wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, a newly formed Indiana corporation.
THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY
BY REFERENCE TO THE PLAN OF CONVERSION, WHICH IS ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT A TO THE
ASSOCIATION'S PROXY STATEMENT AND IS AVAILABLE TO MEMBERS OF THE ASSOCIATION
UPON REQUEST.  The Plan of Conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.  See "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION."  The OTS has approved the
Plan of Conversion subject to its approval by the members of the Association
entitled to vote on the matter at a Special Meeting called for that purpose to
be held on _______________, 1998, and subject to the satisfaction of certain
other conditions imposed by the OTS in its approval.

     The conversion will be accomplished through adoption of a Federal Stock
Charter and Bylaws to authorize the issuance of capital stock by the
Association.  As part of the conversion, the Association will issue all of its
newly issued common stock (1,000 shares) to the Holding Company in exchange for
50% of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by the Holding Company.

     The Plan of Conversion provides generally that:  (i) the Association will
convert from a mutual savings association to a federally chartered stock savings
bank; (ii) the Holding Company will offer its common stock in the Subscription
Offering to persons having subscription rights; (iii) if necessary, shares of
common stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering will be offered in
a Direct Community Offering to certain members of the general public, with
preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in
Perry County, Indiana, and then to certain members of the general public in a
Syndicated Community Offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers
pursuant to selected dealers agreements; and (iv) the Holding Company will
purchase all of the capital stock of the Association to be issued in connection
with the conversion.

     As part of the conversion, the Holding Company is making a Subscription
Offering of its common stock to holders of subscription rights in the following
order of priority: (i) Eligible Account Holders (depositors with $50.00 or more
on deposit as of December 31, 1996); (ii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders
(depositors with $50.00 or more on deposit as of March 31, 1998); and (iii)
Other Members (depositors of the Association as of ___________, 1998 and
borrowers of the Association with loans outstanding as of February 25, 1998
which continue to be outstanding as of __________, 1998).
 
     Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may
be offered for sale in the Direct Community Offering.  The Direct Community
Offering, if one is held, is expected to begin immediately after the expiration
of the Subscription Offering, but may begin at any time during the Subscription
Offering.  Shares of common stock not sold in the Subscription and Direct
Community Offerings may be offered in the Syndicated Community Offering.
Regulations require that the Direct Community and Syndicated Community Offerings
be completed within 45 days after completion of the fully extended Subscription
Offering unless extended by the Association or the Holding Company with the
approval of the regulatory authorities.  If the Syndicated Community Offering is
determined not to be feasible, the Board of Directors of the Association will
consult with the regulatory authorities to determine an appropriate alternative
method for selling the unsubscribed shares of common stock.  The Plan of
Conversion provides that the conversion must be completed within 24 months after
the date of the approval of the Plan of Conversion by the members of the
Association.

                                       65

 
     No sales of common stock may be completed, either in the Subscription
Offering, Direct Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering unless the
Plan of Conversion is approved by the members of the Association.

     The completion of the offering, however, is subject to market conditions
and other factors beyond the Association's control. No assurance can be given as
to the length of time after approval of the Plan of Conversion at the Special
Meeting that will be required to complete the Direct Community or Syndicated
Community Offerings or other sale of the common stock. If delays are
experienced, significant changes may occur in the estimated pro forma market
value of the Holding Company and the Association as converted, together with
corresponding changes in the net proceeds realized by the Holding Company from
the sale of the common stock. In the event the conversion is terminated, the
Association would be required to charge all conversion expenses against current
income.

     Orders for shares of common stock will not be filled until at least
$2,550,000 of common stock has been subscribed for or sold and the OTS approves
the final valuation and the conversion closes.  If the conversion is not
completed within 45 days after the last day of the fully extended Subscription
Offering and the OTS consents to an extension of time to complete the
conversion, subscribers will be given the right to increase, decrease or rescind
their subscriptions.  Unless an affirmative indication is received from
subscribers that they wish to continue to subscribe for shares, the funds will
be returned promptly, together with accrued interest at the Association's
passbook rate from the date payment is received until the funds are returned to
the subscriber.  If such period is not extended, or, in any event, if the
conversion is not completed, all withdrawal authorizations will be terminated
and all funds held will be promptly returned together with accrued interest at
the Association's passbook rate from the date payment is received until the
conversion is terminated.

REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION

     The Board of Directors and management believe that the conversion is in the
best interests of the Association, its members and the communities it serves.
The Association's Board of Directors has formed the Holding Company to serve as
a holding company, with the Association as its subsidiary, upon the consummation
of the conversion.  By converting to the stock form of organization, the Holding
Company and the Association will be structured in the form used by holding
companies of commercial banks, most business entities and by a growing number of
savings institutions.  Management of the Association believes that the
conversion offers a number of advantages which will be important to the future
growth and performance of the Association.  The capital raised in the conversion
is intended to support the Association's current lending and investment
activities and may also support possible future expansion and diversification of
operations, although there are no current specific plans, arrangements or
understandings, written or oral, regarding any such expansion or
diversification.  The conversion is also expected to afford the Association's
management, members and others the opportunity to become stockholders of the
Holding Company and participate more directly in, and contribute to, any future
growth of the Holding Company and the Association.  The conversion will also
enable the Holding Company and the Association to raise additional capital in
the public equity or debt markets should the need arise, although there are no
current specific plans, arrangements or understandings, written or oral,
regarding any such financing activities.  The Association, as a mutual savings
association, does not have the authority to issue capital stock or debt
instruments, other than by accepting deposits.

EFFECTS OF CONVERSION TO STOCK FORM ON DEPOSITORS AND BORROWERS OF THE
ASSOCIATION

     VOTING RIGHTS.  Depositors and borrowers will have no voting rights in the
converted Association or the Holding Company and therefore will not be able to
elect directors of the Association or the Holding Company or to control their
affairs. Currently, these rights are accorded to members of the Association.
Subsequent to the conversion, voting rights will be vested exclusively in the
Holding Company with respect to the Association and the holders of the common
stock as to matters pertaining to the Holding Company.  Each holder of common
stock shall be entitled to vote on any matter to be considered by the
stockholders of the Holding Company. A stockholder will be entitled to one vote
for each share of common stock owned.

                                       66

 
     SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND LOANS.  The Association's savings accounts, account
balances and existing FDIC insurance coverage of savings accounts will not be
affected by the conversion.  Furthermore, the conversion will not affect the
loan accounts, loan balances or obligations of borrowers under their individual
contractual arrangements with the Association.

     TAX EFFECTS. The Association has received an opinion from Breyer & Aguggia,
Washington, D.C., that the conversion will constitute a nontaxable
reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.  Among other things, the
opinion states that:

     (i)   no gain or loss will be recognized to the Association in its mutual
     or stock form by reason of the conversion;

     (ii)  no gain or loss will be recognized to its account holders upon the
     issuance to them of accounts in the Association immediately after the
     conversion, in the same dollar amounts and on the same terms and conditions
     as their accounts at the Association in its mutual form plus interest in
     the liquidation account;

     (iii) the tax basis of account holders' accounts in the Association
     immediately after the conversion will be the same as the tax basis of their
     accounts immediately prior to conversion;

     (iv)  the tax basis of each account holder's interest in the liquidation
     account will be equal to the value, if any, of that interest;

     (v)   the tax basis of the common stock purchased in the conversion will be
     the amount paid and the holding period for such stock will commence at the
     date of purchase; and

     (vi)  no gain or loss will be recognized to account holders upon the
     receipt or exercise of subscription rights in the conversion, except to the
     extent subscription rights are deemed to have value as discussed below.

     Unlike a private letter ruling issued by the IRS, an opinion of counsel is
not binding on the IRS and the IRS could disagree with the conclusions reached
therein.  In the event of such disagreement, no assurance can be given that the
conclusions reached in an opinion of counsel would be sustained by a court if
contested by the IRS.

     Based upon past rulings issued by the IRS, the opinion provides that the
receipt of subscription rights by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders and Other Members under the Plan of Conversion will be
taxable to the extent, if any, that the subscription rights are deemed to have a
fair market value.  CRG, a financial consulting firm retained by the
Association, whose findings are not binding on the IRS, has issued a letter
indicating that the subscription rights do not have any value, based on the fact
that such rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are
nontransferable and of short duration and afford the recipients the right only
to purchase shares of the common stock at a price equal to its estimated fair
market value, which will be the same price paid by purchasers in the Direct
Community Offering for unsubscribed shares of common stock.  If the subscription
rights are deemed to have a fair market value, the receipt of such rights may
only be taxable to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders and Other Members who exercise their subscription rights.  The
Association could also recognize a gain on the distribution of such subscription
rights.  Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and
Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the
tax consequences in the event the subscription rights are deemed to have a fair
market value.

     The Association has also received an opinion from Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.
that, assuming the conversion does not result in any federal income tax
liability to the Association, its account holders, or the Holding Company,
implementation of the Plan of Conversion will not result in any Indiana income
tax liability to such entities or persons.

     The opinions of Breyer & Aguggia and Monroe Shine & Co., Inc. and the
letter from CRG are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement. See
"ADDITIONAL INFORMATION."

                                       67

 
     PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS
REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE CONVERSION PARTICULAR TO THEM.

     LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the
Association in its present mutual form, each depositor in the Association would
receive a pro rata share of any assets of the Association remaining after
payment of claims of all creditors (including the claims of all depositors up to
the withdrawal value of their accounts). Each depositor's pro rata share of such
remaining assets would be in the same proportion as the value of his or her
deposit account to the total value of all deposit accounts in the Association at
the time of liquidation.

     After the conversion, holders of withdrawable deposit(s) in the
Association, including certificates of deposit ("Savings Account(s)"), shall not
be entitled to share in any residual assets in the event of liquidation of the
Association. However, pursuant to OTS regulations, the Association shall, at the
time of the conversion, establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to
its total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition
contained herein.

     The liquidation account shall be maintained by the Association subsequent
to the conversion for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders who retain their Savings Accounts in the Association.
Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall,
with respect to each Savings Account held, have a related inchoate interest in a
portion of the liquidation account balance ("subaccount").

     The initial subaccount balance for a Savings Account held by an Eligible
Account Holder or a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by
multiplying the opening balance in the liquidation account by a fraction of
which the numerator is the amount of such holder's "qualifying deposit" in the
Savings Account and the denominator is the total amount of the "qualifying
deposits" of all such holders.  Such initial subaccount balance shall not be
increased, and it shall be subject to downward adjustment as provided below.

     If the deposit balance in any Savings Account of an Eligible Account Holder
or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on any annual
closing day of the Association subsequent to December 31, 1996, or March 31,
1998 is less than the lesser of (i) the deposit balance in such Savings Account
at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to December
31, 1996 or March 31, 1998 or (ii) the amount of the "qualifying deposit" in
such Savings Account on December 31, 1996 or March 31, 1998, then the subaccount
balance for such Savings Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount
balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance.  In
the event of a downward adjustment, such subaccount balance shall not be
subsequently increased, notwithstanding any increase in the deposit balance of
the related Savings Account.  If any such Savings Account is closed, the related
subaccount balance shall be reduced to zero.

     In the event of a complete liquidation of the Association (and only in such
event) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder
shall be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution from the liquidation
account in the amount of the then current adjusted subaccount balance(s) for
Savings Account(s) then held by such holder before any liquidation distribution
may be made to stockholders.  No merger, consolidation, bulk purchase of assets
with assumptions of Savings Accounts and other liabilities or similar
transactions with another federally insured institution in which the Association
is not the surviving institution shall be considered to be a complete
liquidation.  In any such transaction the liquidation account shall be assumed
by the surviving institution.

     In the unlikely event the Association is liquidated after the conversion,
depositors will be entitled to full payment of their deposit accounts before any
payment is made to the Holding Company as the sole stockholder of the
Association.

                                       68

 
THE SUBSCRIPTION, DIRECT COMMUNITY AND SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERINGS

     SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING.  In accordance with the Plan of Conversion,
nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the common stock have been
issued to persons and entities entitled to purchase the common stock in the
Subscription Offering.  The amount of the common stock which these parties may
purchase will be subject to the availability of the common stock for purchase
under the categories set forth in the Plan of Conversion.  Subscription
priorities have been established for the allocation of stock to the extent that
the common stock is available.  These priorities are as follows:

     Category 1:  Eligible Account Holders.  Each depositor with $50.00 or more
on deposit at the Association as of December 31, 1996 will receive
nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for up to the greater of
$65,000 of common stock, one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of
common stock or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number)
obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued
by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of qualifying deposit of the
Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all Eligible Account Holders.  If the exercise of subscription
rights in this category results in an oversubscription, shares of common stock
will be allocated among subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit
each Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of
shares sufficient to make such person's total allocation equal 100 shares or the
number of shares actually subscribed for, whichever is less.  Thereafter,
unallocated shares will be allocated among subscribing Eligible Account Holders
proportionately, based on the amount of their respective qualifying deposits as
compared to total qualifying deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account
Holders.  Subscription rights received by officers and directors in this
category based on their increased deposits in the Association in the one year
period preceding December 31, 1996 are subordinated to the subscription rights
of other Eligible Account Holders.

     Category 2:  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  Each depositor with
$50.00 or more on deposit as of March 31, 1998 will receive nontransferable
subscription rights to subscribe for up to the greater of $65,000 of common
stock, one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of common stock or 15
times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by
multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a
fraction of which the numerator is the amount of qualifying deposits of the
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of
qualifying deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  If the
exercise of subscription rights in this category results in an oversubscription,
shares of common stock will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to
the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or
her total allocation equal 100 shares or the number of shares actually
subscribed for, whichever is less.  Thereafter, unallocated shares will be
allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders
proportionately, based on the amount of their respective qualifying deposits as
compared to total qualifying deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders.

     Category 3:  Other Members.  Each depositor of the Association as of the
Voting Record Date (_____________, 1998) and each borrower with a loan
outstanding on February 25, 1998 which continues to be outstanding as of the
Voting Record Date will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase
up to $65,000 of common stock in the conversion to the extent shares are
available following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders.  In the event of an oversubscription in this category,
the available shares will be allocated proportionately based on the amount of
the respective subscriptions.

     SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS ARE NONTRANSFERABLE.  PERSONS SELLING OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRING THEIR RIGHTS TO SUBSCRIBE FOR COMMON STOCK IN THE SUBSCRIPTION
OFFERING OR SUBSCRIBING FOR COMMON STOCK ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON WILL BE
SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND POSSIBLE FURTHER SANCTIONS AND
PENALTIES IMPOSED BY THE OTS OR ANOTHER AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT.  EACH
PERSON EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO CERTIFY THAT HE OR SHE
IS PURCHASING SUCH SHARES SOLELY FOR HIS OR HER OWN ACCOUNT AND THAT HE OR SHE
HAS NO AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING WITH ANY OTHER PERSON FOR THE SALE OR TRANSFER
OF SUCH SHARES.  ONCE TENDERED, 

                                       69

 
SUBSCRIPTION ORDERS CANNOT BE REVOKED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE ASSOCIATION AND
THE HOLDING COMPANY.

     The Holding Company and the Association will make reasonable attempts to
provide a prospectus and related offering materials to holders of subscription
rights.  However, the Subscription Offering and all subscription rights under
the Plan of Conversion will expire at 12:00 Noon, local time, on the Expiration
Date, whether or not the Association has been able to locate each person
entitled to such subscription rights.  ORDERS FOR COMMON STOCK IN THE
SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING RECEIVED IN HAND BY THE ASSOCIATION AFTER THE EXPIRATION
DATE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.  The Subscription Offering may be extended by the
Holding Company and the Association up to _____ __, 1998 without the OTS's
approval.

     DIRECT COMMUNITY OFFERING.  Any shares of common stock which remain
unsubscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered by the Holding
Company to certain members of the general public in a Direct Community Offering,
with preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing
in Perry County, Indiana. Purchasers in the Direct Community Offering are
eligible to purchase up to $65,000 of common stock.  In the event an
insufficient number of shares are available to fill orders in the Direct
Community Offering, the available shares will be allocated on a pro rata basis
determined by the amount of the respective orders.  The Direct Community
Offering, if held, is expected to commence immediately subsequent to the
Expiration Date, but may begin at anytime during the Subscription Offering.  The
Direct Community Offering may terminate on or at any time subsequent to the
Expiration Date, but no later than 45 days after the close of the Subscription
Offering, unless extended by the Holding Company and the Association, with
approval of the OTS.

     THE RIGHT OF ANY PERSON TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE DIRECT COMMUNITY OFFERING
IS SUBJECT TO THE ABSOLUTE RIGHT OF THE HOLDING COMPANY AND THE ASSOCIATION TO
ACCEPT OR REJECT SUCH PURCHASES IN WHOLE OR IN PART.  IF AN ORDER IS REJECTED IN
PART, THE PURCHASER DOES NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO CANCEL THE REMAINDER OF THE
ORDER.  THE HOLDING COMPANY PRESENTLY INTENDS TO TERMINATE THE DIRECT COMMUNITY
OFFERING AS SOON AS IT HAS RECEIVED ORDERS FOR ALL SHARES AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE
IN THE CONVERSION.

     If all of the common stock offered in the Subscription Offering is
subscribed for, no common stock will be available for purchase in the Direct
Community Offering.

     SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING.  The Plan of Conversion provides that, if
necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the Subscription Offering
and Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to certain
members of the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering through a
syndicate of registered broker-dealers to be formed and managed by Capital
Resources acting as agent of the Holding Company.  THE HOLDING COMPANY AND THE
ASSOCIATION HAVE THE RIGHT TO REJECT ORDERS, IN WHOLE OR PART, IN THEIR SOLE
DISCRETION IN THE SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING.  Neither Capital Resources nor
any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any
shares of the common stock in the Syndicated Community Offering; however,
Capital Resources has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in
the Syndicated Community Offering.

     Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering also will be sold at the
$10.00 purchase price.  See "-- Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be
Issued."  No person will be permitted to subscribe in the Syndicated Community
Offering for shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of more
than $65,000.  See "-- Plan of Distribution for the Subscription, Direct
Community and Syndicated Community Offerings" for a description of the
commission to be paid to the selected dealers and to Capital Resources.

     Capital Resources may enter into agreements with selected dealers to assist
in the sale of shares in the Syndicated Community Offering.  If a syndicate of
broker-dealers ("selected dealers") is formed to assist in the Syndicated
Community Offering, a purchaser may pay for his or her shares with funds held by
or deposited with a selected dealer.  If an order form is executed and forwarded
to the selected dealer or if the selected dealer is authorized to execute the
order form on behalf of a purchaser, the selected dealer is required to forward
the order form and funds 

                                       70

 
to the Association for deposit in a segregated account on or before noon of the
business day following receipt of the order form or execution of the order form
by the selected dealer. Alternatively, selected dealers may solicit indications
of interest from their customers to place orders for shares. Such selected
dealers shall subsequently contact their customers who indicated an interest and
seek their confirmation as to their intent to purchase. Those indicating an
intent to purchase shall execute order forms and forward them to their selected
dealer or authorize the selected dealer to execute such forms. The selected
dealer will acknowledge receipt of the order to its customer in writing on the
following business day and will debit such customer's account on the third
business day after the customer has confirmed his intent to purchase (the "debit
date") and on or before noon of the next business day following the debit date
will send order forms and funds to the Association for deposit in a segregated
account. Although purchasers' funds are not required to be in their accounts
with selected dealers until the debit date in the event that such alternative
procedure is employed once a confirmation of an intent to purchase has been
received by the selected dealer, the purchaser has no right to rescind his or
her order.

     The Syndicated Community Offering may terminate no more than 45 days after
the expiration of the Subscription Offering, unless extended by the Holding
Company and the Association, with approval of the OTS.  In the event the
Association is unable to find purchasers from the general public for all
unsubscribed shares, other purchase arrangements will be made by the Board of
Directors of the Association, if feasible.  Such other arrangements will be
subject to the approval of the OTS.

     TIME TO COMPLETE THE OFFERING.  OTS regulations require that the Holding
Company complete the sale of common stock within 45 days after the close of the
Subscription Offering.  If the offering is not completed within such period all
funds received will be promptly returned with interest at the Association's
passbook rate and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.  The OTS may
grant one or more extensions of the offering period, provided that (i) no single
extension exceeds 90 days, (ii) subscribers are given the right to increase,
decrease or rescind their subscriptions during the extension period, and (iii)
the extensions do not go more than two years beyond the date on which the
members approved the Plan of Conversion.  If the OTS grants approval of an
extension offering period, all subscribers will be notified of such extension
and of the duration of any extension that has been granted, and will be given
the right to increase, decrease or rescind their orders. If an affirmative
response to any resolicitation is not received by the Holding Company from a
subscriber, the subscriber's order will be rescinded and all funds received will
be promptly returned with interest (or withdrawal authorizations will be
canceled).

     PERSONS IN NON-QUALIFIED STATES.  The Holding Company and the Association
will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in
the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for stock pursuant to
the Plan of Conversion reside.  However, the Holding Company and the Association
are not required to offer stock in the Subscription Offering to any person (i)
who resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States in which a
small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares of common
stock reside in such state or (ii) who resides in a state with respect to which
the Holding Company or the Association determines that compliance with the
securities laws of such state would be impracticable for reasons of cost or
otherwise, including but not limited to a request or requirement that the
Holding Company and the Association or their officers, directors or trustees
register as a broker, dealer, salesman or selling agent, under the securities
laws of such state, or a request or requirement to register or otherwise qualify
the subscription rights or common stock for sale or submit any filing with
respect thereto in such state.  Where the number of persons eligible to
subscribe for shares in one state is small, the Holding Company and the
Association will base their decision as to whether or not to offer the common
stock in such state on a number of factors, including the size of accounts held
by account holders in the state, the cost of reviewing the registration and
qualification requirements of the state (and of actually registering or
qualifying the shares) or the need to register the Holding Company, its
officers, directors or employees as brokers, dealers or salesmen.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION FOR THE SUBSCRIPTION, DIRECT COMMUNITY AND SYNDICATED
COMMUNITY OFFERINGS

     The Holding Company and the Association have retained Capital Resources, a
broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of the NASD, to consult with
and advise the Holding Company and the Association and to assist, 

                                       71

 
on a best efforts basis, in the distribution of the common stock in the
conversion. The services Capital Resources will perform include: (i) training
and educating the Company's and the Association's employees regarding the
mechanics and regulatory requirements of the stock conversion process; (ii)
conducting information meetings for potential subscribers, if necessary; (iii)
managing the sales efforts in the offering; (iv) assisting in the collection of
proxies from depositors for use at the Special Meeting; and (v) keeping records
of subscriptions and orders for common stock. Capital Resources will receive for
its services a fee of $50,000. If selected dealers are utilized in connection
with the offering, the Holding Company will pay a fee (negotiated at such time)
to such selected dealers and a management fee to Capital Resources to a selected
dealer's agreement. The fee to be negotiated with the selected dealers is
expected to be up to 4.0% of the total dollar amount sold through selected
dealers. Capital Resources will also be reimbursed for its legal fees and for
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Capital Resources has received fees totaling
$20,000 for consulting and advisory services relating to the Conversion, which
fees will be credited against marketing fees payable to Capital Resources.
Capital Resources' legal and out of pocket expenses will not exceed $32,000.
Capital Resources is affiliated with CRG.

     Subject to certain limitations, the Holding Company and the Association
have also agreed to indemnify Capital Resources against liabilities and expenses
(including legal fees) incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation,
including claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or
omissions contained in the offering material for the common stock.

DESCRIPTION OF SALES ACTIVITIES

     The common stock will be offered in the Subscription Offering and Direct
Community Offering principally by the distribution of this prospectus and
through activities conducted at the Association's stock center at its office
facility.  The stock center is expected to operate during normal business hours
throughout the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering.  It is
expected that at any particular time one or more Capital Resources employees
will be working at the stock center.  Such employees of Capital Resources will
be responsible for mailing materials relating to the offering, responding to
questions regarding the conversion and the offering and processing stock orders.

     Sales of common stock will be made by registered representatives affiliated
with Capital Resources or by the selected dealers managed by Capital Resources.
The management and employees of the Association may participate in the offering
in clerical capacities, providing administrative support in effecting sales
transactions or, when permitted by state securities laws, answering questions of
a mechanical nature relating to the proper execution of the order form.
Management of the Association may answer questions regarding the business of the
Association when permitted by state securities laws.  Other questions of
prospective purchasers, including questions as to the advisability or nature of
the investment, will be directed to registered representatives.  The management
and employees of the Holding Company and the Association have been instructed
not to solicit offers to purchase common stock or provide advice regarding the
purchase of common stock.

     No officer, director or employee of the Association or the Holding Company
will be compensated, directly or indirectly, for any activities in connection
with the offer or sale of securities issued in the conversion.

     None of the Association's personnel participating in the offering is
registered or licensed as a broker or dealer or an agent of a broker or dealer.
The Association's personnel will assist in the above-described sales activities
pursuant to an exemption from registration as a broker or dealer provided by
Rule 3a4-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Rule 3a4-1 generally provides
that an "associated person of an issuer" of securities shall not be deemed a
broker solely by reason of participation in the sale of securities of such
issuer if the associated person meets certain conditions.  Such conditions
include, but are not limited to, that the associated person participating in the
sale of an issuer's securities not be compensated in connection therewith at the
time of participation, that such person not be associated with a broker or
dealer and that such person observe certain limitations on his or her
participation in the sale of securities.  For purposes of this exemption,
"associated person of an issuer" is defined to include any person who is a
director, officer or employee of the issuer or a company that controls, is
controlled by or is under common control with the issuer.

                                       72

 
PROCEDURE FOR PURCHASING SHARES IN THE SUBSCRIPTION AND DIRECT COMMUNITY
OFFERINGS

     To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours prior
to the Expiration Date in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange Act, no
prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered any later than two days prior to such date.  Execution of the order
form will confirm receipt or delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8.  Order
forms will only be distributed with a prospectus.  The Association will accept
for processing only orders submitted on original order forms.  The Association
is not obligated to accept orders submitted on photocopied or telecopied order
forms.  ORDERS CANNOT AND WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THE EXECUTION OF THE
CERTIFICATION APPEARING ON THE ORDER FORM.

     To purchase shares in the Subscription Offering, an executed order form
with the required full payment for each share subscribed for, or with
appropriate authorization for withdrawal of full payment from the subscriber's
deposit account with the Association (which may be given by completing the
appropriate blanks in the order form), must be received by the Association by
12:00 Noon, local time, on the Expiration Date. Order forms that are not
received by such time or are executed defectively or are received without full
payment (or without appropriate withdrawal instructions) are not required to be
accepted. The Holding Company and the Association have the right to waive or
permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, but do
not represent that they will do so. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the
interpretation by the Holding Company and the Association of the terms and
conditions of the Plan of Conversion and of the order form will be final. In
order to purchase shares in the Direct Community Offering, the order form,
accompanied by the required payment for each share subscribed for, must be
received by the Association prior to the time the Direct Community Offering
terminates, which may be on or at any time subsequent to the Expiration Date.
Once received, an executed order form may not be modified, amended or rescinded
without the consent of the Association unless the conversion has not been
completed within 45 days after the end of the Subscription Offering, unless such
period has been extended.

     In order to ensure that Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders and Other Members are properly identified as to their stock
purchase priorities, depositors as of the Eligibility Record Date (December 31,
1996) and/or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (March 31, 1998) and/or
the Voting Record Date (_______________, 1998) must list all accounts on the
order form giving all names in each account, the account number and the
approximate account balance as of such date.  Failure to list an account could
result in fewer shares being allocated in the event of an oversubscription than
if all accounts had been disclosed.

     Full payment for subscriptions may be made (i) in cash if delivered in
person at the Association's stock center, (ii) by check, bank draft, or money
order, or (iii) by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts maintained
with the Association.  Appropriate means by which such withdrawals may be
authorized are provided on the order form. No wire transfers will be accepted.
Interest will be paid on payments made by cash, check, bank draft or money order
at the Association's passbook rate from the date payment is received until the
completion or termination of the conversion.  If payment is made by
authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts, the funds authorized to be
withdrawn from a deposit account will continue to accrue interest at the
contractual rates until completion or termination of the conversion (unless the
certificate matures after the date of receipt of the order form but prior to
closing, in which case funds will earn interest at the passbook rate from the
date of maturity until consummation of the conversion), but a hold will be
placed on such funds, thereby making them unavailable to the depositor until
completion or termination of the conversion.  At the completion of the
conversion, the funds received in the offering will be used to purchase the
shares of common stock ordered.  THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED IN THE
CONVERSION CANNOT AND WILL NOT BE INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.  In the event that the conversion is not consummated for any reason, all
funds submitted will be promptly refunded with interest as described above.

     If a subscriber authorizes the Association to withdraw the amount of the
aggregate purchase price from his or her deposit account, the Association will
do so as of the effective date of conversion, though the account must contain
the full amount necessary for payment at the time the subscription order is
received.  The Association will waive any applicable penalties for early
withdrawal from certificate accounts.  If the remaining balance in a certificate
account is 

                                       73

 
reduced below the applicable minimum balance requirement at the time that the
funds actually are transferred under the authorization the certificate will be
canceled at the time of the withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining
balance will earn interest at the Association's passbook rate.

     IRAs maintained in the Association do not permit investment in the common
stock. A depositor interested in using his or her IRA funds to purchase common
stock must do so through a self-directed IRA. Since the Association does not
offer such accounts, it will allow such a depositor to make a trustee-to-trustee
transfer of the IRA funds to a trustee offering a self-directed IRA program with
the agreement that such funds will be used to purchase the Holding Company's
common stock in the offering. There will be no early withdrawal or IRS interest
penalties for such transfers. The new trustee would hold the common stock in a
self-directed account in the same manner as the Association now holds the
depositor's IRA funds. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the new
trustee. Depositors interested in using funds in an Association IRA to purchase
common stock should contact the stock center as soon as possible so that the
necessary forms may be forwarded for execution and returned prior to the
Expiration Date. In addition, the provisions of ERISA and IRS regulations
require that officers, directors and 10% shareholders who use self-directed IRA
funds to purchase shares of common stock in the Subscription Offering, make such
purchases for the exclusive benefit of IRAs.

     Certificates representing shares of common stock purchased, and any refund
due, will be mailed to purchasers at such address as may be specified in
properly completed order forms or to the last address of such persons appearing
on the records of the Association as soon as practicable following consummation
of the sale of all shares of common stock.  Any certificates returned as
undeliverable will be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.  PURCHASERS
MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SELL THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WHICH THEY PURCHASED UNTIL
CERTIFICATES FOR THE COMMON STOCK ARE AVAILABLE AND DELIVERED TO THEM, EVEN
THOUGH TRADING OF THE COMMON STOCK MAY HAVE COMMENCED.

STOCK PRICING AND NUMBER OF SHARES TO BE ISSUED

     Federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the
securities sold in connection with the conversion be based upon an estimated pro
forma value of the Holding Company and the Association as converted (i.e.,
                                                                     ---- 
taking into account the expected receipt of proceeds from the sale of securities
in the conversion), as determined by an independent appraisal.  The Association
and the Holding Company have retained CRG to prepare an appraisal of the pro
forma market value of the Holding Company and the Association as converted and
to assist in preparing, a business plan.  CRG will receive a fee expected to
total $20,000 for its appraisal services and assistance in the preparation of a
business plan, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
with the appraisal.  The Association has agreed to indemnify CRG under certain
circumstances against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) arising
out of, related to, or based upon the conversion.  CRG will also receive a fee
of $7,500 for records management services in connection with the conversion.

     The appraisal contains an analysis of a number of factors including, but
not limited to, the Association's financial condition and operating trends, the
competitive environment within which the Association operates, operating trends
of certain thrift institutions and savings and loan holding companies, relevant
economic conditions both nationally and in the State of Indiana which affect the
operations of thrift institutions, and stock market values of certain
institutions. In addition, CRG has advised the Association that it has
considered and will consider the effect of the additional capital raised by the
sale of the common stock on the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of
such shares. The Board of Directors has reviewed the appraisal, including the
stated methodology of CRG and the assumptions used in the preparation of the
appraisal. The Board of Directors is relying upon the expertise, experience and
independence of CRG and is not qualified to determine the appropriateness of the
assumptions or the methodology. The appraisal has been filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See "ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION."

     On the basis of the foregoing, CRG has advised the Holding Company and the
Association that, in its opinion, as of March 6, 1998, the aggregate estimated
pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Association as 

                                       74

 
converted and, therefore, the common stock was within the valuation range of
$2,550,000 to $3,450,000 with a midpoint of $3,000,000. After reviewing the
methodology and the assumptions used by CRG in the preparation of the appraisal,
the Board of Directors accepted the Estimated Valuation Range which is equal to
the valuation range of $2,550,000 to $3,450,000 with a midpoint of $3,000,000.
Assuming that the shares are sold at $10.00 per share in the conversion, the
estimated number of shares would be between 255,000 and 345,000 with a midpoint
of 300,000. The purchase price of $10.00 was determined by discussion among the
Boards of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company and Capital
Resources, taking into account, among other factors (i) the requirement under
OTS regulations that the common stock be offered in a manner that will achieve
the widest distribution of the stock and (ii) desired liquidity in the common
stock subsequent to the conversion. Since the outcome of the offering relates in
large measure to market conditions at the time of sale, it is not possible to
determine the exact number of shares that will be issued by the Holding Company
at this time. The Estimated Valuation Range may be amended, with the approval of
the OTS, if necessitated by developments following the date of such appraisal
in, among other things, market conditions, the financial condition or operating
results of the Association, regulatory guidelines or national or local economic
conditions.

     If, upon completion of the Subscription Offering, at least the minimum
number of shares are subscribed for, CRG, after taking into account factors
similar to those involved in its prior appraisal, will determine its estimate of
the pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Association as
converted, as of the close of the Subscription Offering. 

     No sale of the shares will take place unless prior thereto CRG confirms to
the OTS that, to the best of CRG's knowledge and judgment, nothing of a material
nature has occurred that would cause it to conclude that the actual total
purchase price on an aggregate basis was incompatible with its estimate of the
total pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Association as
converted at the time of the sale. If, however, the facts do not justify such a
statement, the offering or other sale may be canceled, a new Estimated Valuation
Range and price per share set and new Subscription, Direct Community and
Syndicated Community Offerings held. Under such circumstances, subscribers would
have the right to modify or rescind their subscriptions and to have their
subscription funds returned promptly with interest and holds on funds authorized
for withdrawal from deposit accounts would be released or reduced.

     Depending upon market and financial conditions, the number of shares issued
may be more or less than the range in number of shares discussed herein.  In the
event the total amount of shares issued is less than 255,000 or more than
396,750 (15% above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range), for aggregate
gross proceeds of less than $2,550,000 or more than $3,967,500, subscription
funds will be returned promptly with interest to each subscriber unless he
indicates otherwise.  In the event a new valuation range is established by CRG,
such new range will be subject to approval by the OTS.

     If purchasers cannot be found for an insignificant residue of unsubscribed
shares from the general public, other purchase arrangements will be made by the
Boards of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company, if possible.
Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to the approval of the OTS and
may provide for purchases for investment purposes by directors, officers, their
associates and other persons in excess of the limitations provided in the Plan
of Conversion and in excess of the proposed director purchases set forth herein,
although no such purchases are currently intended.  If such other purchase
arrangements cannot be made, the Plan of Conversion will terminate.

     In formulating its appraisal, CRG relied upon the truthfulness, accuracy
and completeness of all documents the Association furnished to it. CRG also
considered financial and other information from regulatory agencies, other
financial institutions, and other public sources, as appropriate. While CRG
believes this information to be reliable, CRG does not guarantee the accuracy or
completeness of such information and did not independently verify the financial
statements and other data provided by the Association and the Holding Company or
independently value the assets or liabilities of the Holding Company and the
Association. THE APPRAISAL BY CRG IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND MUST NOT BE
INTERPRETED AS, A RECOMMENDATION OF ANY KIND AS TO THE ADVISABILITY OF VOTING TO
APPROVE THE PLAN OF

                                       75

 
CONVERSION OR OF PURCHASING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. MOREOVER, BECAUSE THE
APPRAISAL IS NECESSARILY BASED ON MANY FACTORS WHICH CHANGE FROM TIME TO TIME,
THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT PERSONS WHO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES IN THE CONVERSION
WILL LATER BE ABLE TO SELL SHARES THEREAFTER AT PRICES AT OR ABOVE THE PURCHASE
PRICE IN THE OFFERING.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES OF SHARES

     The Plan of Conversion provides for certain limitations to be placed upon
the purchase of common stock by eligible subscribers and others in the
conversion.  Each subscriber must subscribe for a minimum of 25 shares.  The
Plan of Conversion provides that no person, either alone or together with
associates of or persons acting in concert with such person, may purchase in the
aggregate more than $65,000 of common stock (or 6,500 shares).  For purposes of
the Plan of Conversion, the directors are not deemed to be acting in concert
solely by reason of their Board membership.  Pro rata reductions within each
subscription rights category will be made in allocating shares to the extent
that the maximum purchase limitations are exceeded.

     The Association's and the Holding Company's Boards of Directors may, in
their sole discretion, increase the maximum purchase limitation set forth above
up to 9.99% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion, provided that
orders for shares which exceed 5% of the shares of common stock sold in the
conversion may not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the shares sold in the
conversion.  The Association and the Holding Company do not intend to increase
the maximum purchase limitation unless market conditions are such that an
increase in the maximum purchase limitation is necessary to sell a number of
shares in excess of the minimum of the Estimated Valuation Range. If the Boards
of Directors decide to increase the purchase limitation above, persons who
subscribed for the maximum number of shares of common stock will be, and other
large subscribers in the discretion of the Holding Company and the Association
may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions accordingly,
subject to the rights and preferences of any person who has priority
subscription rights.

     The term "acting in concert" is defined in the Plan of Conversion to mean
(i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious
parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express
agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the
securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract,
understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or
otherwise. In general, a person who acts in concert with another party shall
also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person who is also acting in
concert with that other party. The Holding Company and the Association may
presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon, among other
things, joint account relationships and the fact that such persons have filed
joint Schedules 13D with the SEC with respect to other companies.

     The term "associate" of a person is defined in the Plan of Conversion to
mean (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Association or a
majority-owned subsidiary of the Association) of which such person is an officer
or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of
any class of equity securities; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such
person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves
as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity (excluding tax-qualified employee
plans); and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such
spouse, who either has the same home as such person or who is a director or
officer of the Association or any of its parents or subsidiaries.  For example,
a corporation of which a person serves as an officer would be an associate of
such person and, therefore, all shares purchased by such corporation would be
included with the number of shares which such person could purchase individually
under the above limitations.

     The term "officer" is defined in the Plan of Conversion to mean an
executive officer of the Association, including its Chairman of the Board,
President, Vice Presidents, Secretary and Treasurer.

     Common stock purchased pursuant to the conversion will be freely
transferable, except for shares purchased by directors and officers of the
Association and the Holding Company and by NASD members.  See "-- Restrictions
on Transferability by Directors and Officers and NASD Members."

                                       76

 
RESTRICTIONS ON REPURCHASE OF STOCK

     Pursuant to OTS regulations, OTS-regulated savings associations (and their
holding companies) may not for a period of three years from the date of an
institution's mutual-to-stock conversion repurchase any of its common stock from
any person, except in the event of (i) an offer made to all of its stockholders
to repurchase the common stock on a pro rata basis, approved by the OTS; or (ii)
the repurchase of qualifying shares of a director.  Furthermore, repurchases of
any common stock are prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the
association's regulatory capital to be reduced below (a) the amount required for
the liquidation account or (b) the regulatory capital requirements imposed by
the OTS. Repurchases are generally prohibited during the first year following
conversion.  Upon ten days' written notice to the OTS, and if the OTS does not
object, an institution may make open market repurchases of its outstanding
common stock during years two and three following the conversion, provided that
certain regulatory conditions are met and that the repurchase would not
adversely affect the financial condition of the institution.  Any repurchases of
common stock by the Holding Company would be subject to these regulatory
restrictions unless the OTS would provide otherwise.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS AND NASD MEMBERS

     Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by directors and officers
of the Holding Company may not be sold for a period of one year following
consummation of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the
stockholder or in any exchange of the common stock in connection with a merger
or acquisition of the Holding Company.  Shares of common stock received by
directors or officers through the MRDP or upon exercise of options issued
pursuant to the Stock Option Plan or purchased subsequent to the conversion are
not subject to this restriction. Accordingly, shares of common stock issued by
the Holding Company to directors and officers shall bear a legend giving
appropriate notice of the restriction and, in addition, the Holding Company will
give appropriate instructions to the transfer agent for the Holding Company's
common stock with respect to the restriction on transfers.  Any shares issued to
directors and officers as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with
respect to restricted common stock shall be subject to the same restrictions.

     Purchases of outstanding shares of common stock of the Holding Company by
directors, executive officers (or any person who was an executive officer or
director of the Association after adoption of the Plan of Conversion) and their
associates during the three-year period following the conversion may be made
only through a broker or dealer registered with the SEC, except with the prior
written approval of the OTS.  This restriction does not apply, however, to
negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the Holding Company's
outstanding common stock or to the purchase of stock pursuant to the Stock
Option Plan.

     The Holding Company has filed with the SEC a registration statement under
the SECURITIES ACT for the registration of the common stock to be issued
pursuant to the conversion.  The registration under the Securities Act of shares
of the common stock to be issued in the conversion does not cover the resale of
such shares.  Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates
of the Holding Company may be resold without registration.  Shares purchased by
an affiliate of the Holding Company will be subject to the resale restrictions
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  If the Holding Company meets the current
public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each
affiliate of the Holding Company who complies with the other conditions of Rule
144 (including those that require the affiliate's sale to be aggregated with
those of certain other persons) would be able to sell in the public market,
without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month
period, the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding shares of the Holding Company
or (ii) the average weekly volume of trading in such shares during the preceding
four calendar weeks.  Provision may be made in the future by the Holding Company
to permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the
Securities Act under certain circumstances.

     Under guidelines of the NASD, members of the NASD and their associates are
subject to certain restrictions on the transfer of securities purchased in
accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon
purchase of such securities.

                                       77

 
               RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     The following discussion is a summary of certain provisions of federal law
and regulations and Indiana corporate law, as well as the Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company, relating to stock ownership and
transfers, the Board of Directors and business combinations, all of which may be
deemed to have "anti-takeover" effects.  The description of these provisions is
necessarily general and reference should be made to the actual law and
regulations and to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding
Company contained in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC.  See
"ADDITIONAL INFORMATION" as to how to obtain a copy of these documents.

CONVERSION REGULATIONS

     OTS regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an
intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase
stock or acquiring stock or subscription rights in a converting institution (or
its holding company) from another person prior to completion of its conversion.
Further, without the prior written approval of the OTS, no person may make such
an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire
shares in the converting institution (or its holding company) for a period of
three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the
completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, that person would become
the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the
institution (or its holding company).  The OTS has defined "person" to include
any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a
syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or
disposing of securities of an insured institution.  However, offers made
exclusively to an association (or its holding company) or an underwriter or
member of a selling group acting on the converting institution's (or its holding
company's) behalf for resale to the general public are excepted.  The regulation
also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such
violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the
converting institution (or its holding company) or who controls more than 10% of
the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converting or converted institution
(or its holding company).

CHANGE OF CONTROL REGULATIONS

     Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an
insured federal savings and loan association or its parent holding company
unless the OTS has been given 60 days' prior written notice and has not issued a
notice disapproving the proposed acquisition.  In addition, OTS regulations
provide that no company may acquire control of a savings association without the
prior approval of the OTS.  Any company that acquires such control becomes a
"savings and loan holding company" subject to registration, examination and
regulation by the OTS.

     Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or
holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting
stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the savings
association's directors, or a determination by the OTS that the acquiror has the
power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence
over, the management or policies of the institution.  Acquisition of more than
10% of any class of a savings association's voting stock, if the acquiror also
is subject to any one of specified "control factors," constitutes a rebuttable
determination of control under the regulations.  Such control factors include
the acquiror being one of the two largest stockholders.  The determination of
control may be rebutted by submission to the OTS, prior to the acquisition of
stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to such
determination, of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which would
support a finding that no control relationship will exist and containing certain
undertakings.  The regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire
beneficial ownership exceeding 10% or more of any class of a savings
association's stock must file with the OTS a certification form that the holder
is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable
determination of control and will take no action which would result in a
determination or rebuttable determination of control without prior notice to or
approval of the OTS, as applicable.  There are also rebuttable presumptions in
the regulations concerning whether a group "acting in concert" exists, including
presumed action in concert among members of an "immediate family."

                                       78

 
     The OTS may prohibit an acquisition of control if it finds, among other
things, that (i) the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially
lessen competition, (ii) the financial condition of the acquiring person might
jeopardize the financial stability of the institution, or (iii) the competence,
experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be
in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of
control by such person.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN THE HOLDING COMPANY'S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND
BYLAWS AND IN DELAWARE LAW

     A number of provisions of the Holding Company's Articles of Incorporation
and Bylaws deal with matters of corporate governance and certain rights of
stockholders.  The following discussion is a general summary of certain
provisions of the Holding Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and
regulatory provisions relating to stock ownership and transfers, the Board of
Directors and business combinations, which might be deemed to have a potential
"anti-takeover" effect.  These provisions may have the effect of discouraging a
future takeover attempt which is not approved by the Board of Directors but
which individual Holding Company stockholders may deem to be in their best
interests or in which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their
shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might
desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do
so. Such provisions will also render the removal of the incumbent Board of
Directors or management of the Holding Company more difficult.  The following
description of certain of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws of the Holding Company is necessarily general and reference should be
made in each case to such Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, which are
incorporated herein by reference.  See "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION" as to where to
obtain a copy of these documents.

     LIMITATION ON VOTING RIGHTS.  The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding
Company provide that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding
common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person
who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then outstanding shares of common
stock (the "Limit") be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of the
shares held in excess of the Limit, unless permitted by a resolution adopted by
a majority of the board of directors.  Beneficial ownership is determined
pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Exchange Act
and includes shares beneficially owned by such person or any of his or her
affiliates (as defined in the Articles of Incorporation), shares which such
person or his or her affiliates have the right to acquire upon the exercise of
conversion rights or options and shares as to which such person and his or her
affiliates have or share investment or voting power, but shall not include
shares beneficially owned by directors, officers and employees of the
Association or Holding Company or shares that are subject to a revocable proxy
and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by the Holding Company to be
beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates.

     BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors of the Holding Company is
divided into three classes, each of which shall contain approximately one-third
of the whole number of the members of the Board.  The members of each class
shall be elected for a term of three years, with the terms of office of all
members of one class expiring each year so that approximately one-third of the
total number of directors are elected each year.  The Articles of Incorporation
provide that any vacancy occurring in the Board, including a vacancy created by
an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a vote of a majority of
the directors then in office and any director so chosen shall hold office for a
term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of the
class to which the director has been chosen expires.  The classified Board is
intended to provide for continuity of the Board of Directors and to make it more
difficult and time consuming for a stockholder group to fully use its voting
power to gain control of the Board of Directors without the consent of the
incumbent Board of Directors of the Holding Company.  The Articles of
Incorporation of the Holding Company provide that a director may be removed from
the Board of Directors prior to the expiration of his or her term only for cause
and only upon the vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock.
In the absence of this provision, the vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares could remove one or more directors with or without cause.

                                       79

 
     CUMULATIVE VOTING, SPECIAL MEETINGS AND ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  The
Articles of Incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting for any purpose.
Moreover, the Articles of Incorporation provide that special meetings of
stockholders of the Holding Company may be called only by the Board of Directors
of the Holding Company.  Under Indiana law, action may be taken by shareholders
without a meeting only if evidenced by a written consent signed by all
shareholders entitled to vote.

     AUTHORIZED SHARES. The Articles of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of
5,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The
shares of common stock and preferred stock were authorized in an amount greater
than that to be issued in the conversion to provide the Holding Company's Board
of Directors with as much flexibility as possible to effect, among other
transactions, financings, acquisitions, stock dividends, stock splits,
restricted stock grants and the exercise of stock options. However, these
additional authorized shares may also be used by the Board of Directors,
consistent with fiduciary duties, to deter future attempts to gain control of
the Holding Company. The Board of Directors also has sole authority to determine
the terms of any one or more series of preferred stock, including voting rights,
conversion rates, and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix
voting rights for a series of preferred stock, the Board has the power, to the
extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock
to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a tender offer,
merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control of the Holding
Company, and thereby assist members of management to retain their positions. The
Holding Company's Board currently has no plans for the issuance of additional
shares, other than the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of stock
options and in connection with the MRDP.

     STOCKHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED TO APPROVE BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS.  The Articles of Incorporation require the approval of the holders
of at least 80% of the Holding Company's outstanding shares of voting stock to
approve certain "Business Combinations" (as defined therein) involving a
"Related Person" (as defined therein) except in cases where the proposed
transaction has been approved in advance by a majority of those members of the
Holding Company's Board of Directors who are unaffiliated with the Related
Person and were directors prior to the time when the Related Person became a
Related Person.  The term "Related Person" is defined to include any individual,
corporation, partnership or other entity (other than the Holding Company or its
subsidiary) which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or
more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Holding Company or an
affiliate of such person or entity.  This provision of the Articles of
Incorporation applies to any "Business Combination," which is defined to
include:  (i) any merger or consolidation of the Holding Company with or into
any Related Person; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, or other
disposition of 25% or more of the assets of the Holding Company or combined
assets of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries to a Related Person; (iii)
any merger or consolidation of a Related Person with or into the Holding Company
or a subsidiary of the Holding Company; (iv) any sale, lease, exchange,
transfer, or other disposition of 25% or more of the assets of a Related Person
to the Holding Company or a subsidiary of the Holding Company; (v) the issuance
of any securities of the Holding Company or a subsidiary of the Holding Company
to a Related Person; (vi) the acquisition by the Holding Company or a subsidiary
of the Holding Company of any securities of a Related Person; (vii) any
reclassification of common stock of the Holding Company or any recapitalization
involving the common stock of the Holding Company; or (viii) any agreement or
other arrangement providing for any of the foregoing.

     Under Indiana law, absent this provision, business combinations, including
mergers, share exchanges and sales of substantially all of the assets of a
corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Holding
Company and any other affected class of stock.  The increased stockholder vote
required to approve a business combination may have the effect of foreclosing
mergers and other business combinations which a majority of stockholders deem
desirable and placing the power to prevent such a merger or combination in the
hands of a minority of stockholders.

     AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS.  Amendments to the
Holding Company's Articles of Incorporation must be approved by a two-thirds
vote of its Board of Directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares
of its voting stock, provided, however, that an affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock entitled to vote (after giving effect
to the provision limiting voting rights) is required to amend or repeal certain

                                       80

 
provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, including the provision limiting
voting rights, the provisions relating to approval of certain business
combinations, calling special meetings, the number and classification of
directors, director and officer indemnification by the Holding Company and
amendment of the Holding Company's Bylaws and Articles of Incorporation.  The
Holding Company's Bylaws may be amended by its Board of Directors.

     STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS. The Articles of Incorporation of the
Holding Company requires a stockholder who intends to nominate a candidate for
election to the Board of Directors, or to raise new business at a stockholder
meeting to give not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' advance notice to the
Secretary of the Holding Company.  The notice provision requires a stockholder
who desires to raise new business to provide certain information to the Holding
Company concerning the nature of the new business, the stockholder and the
stockholder's interest in the business matter.  Similarly, a stockholder wishing
to nominate any person for election as a director must provide the Holding
Company with certain information concerning the nominee and the proposing
stockholder.

     PURPOSE AND TAKEOVER DEFENSIVE EFFECTS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY'S ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS. The Board of Directors of the Association believes
that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce the Holding
Company's vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that
have not been negotiated with and approved by its Board of Directors.  These
provisions will also assist the Holding Company and the Association in the
orderly deployment of the conversion proceeds into productive assets during the
initial period after the conversion. The Board of Directors believes these
provisions are in the best interest of the Association and Holding Company and
its stockholders.  In the judgment of the Board of Directors, the Holding
Company's Board will be in the best position to determine the true value of the
Holding Company and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best
interests of its stockholders.  Accordingly, the Board of Directors believes
that it is in the best interest of the Holding Company and its stockholders to
encourage potential acquirors to negotiate directly with the Board of Directors
of the Holding Company and that these provisions will encourage such
negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of
the Board of Directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from
proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value
of the Holding Company and that is in the best interest of all stockholders.

     Attempts to acquire control of financial institutions and their holding
companies have recently become increasingly common.  Takeover attempts that have
not been negotiated with and approved by the Board of Directors present to
stockholders the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than
might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by
the Board of Directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and
undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value of the Holding
Company for its stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as
the management and business of the acquiring corporation and maximum strategic
development of the Holding Company's assets.

     An unsolicited takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and
management of a corporation and cause it great expense.  Although a tender offer
or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current
market prices, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the
outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be
presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a
time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise
that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to
those of the remaining stockholders.  The concentration of control, which could
result from a tender offer or other takeover attempt, could also deprive the
Holding Company's remaining stockholders of benefits of certain protective
provisions of the Exchange Act, if the number of beneficial owners became less
than 300, thereby allowing for deregistration under the Exchange Act.

     Despite the belief of the Association and the Holding Company as to the
benefits to stockholders of these provisions of the Holding Company's Articles
of Incorporation and Bylaws, these provisions may also have the effect of
discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by the Holding
Company's Board, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial
premium for their shares over then current market prices.  As a result,
stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have
any opportunity to do so.  Such 

                                       81

 
provisions will also render the removal of the Holding Company's Board of
Directors and of management more difficult. The Board of Directors of the
Association and the Holding Company, however, have concluded that the potential
benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

     Following the conversion, pursuant to applicable law and, if required,
following the approval by stockholders, the Holding Company may adopt additional
anti-takeover charter provisions or other devices regarding the acquisition of
its equity securities that would be permitted for an Indiana business
corporation.

     The cumulative effect of the restriction on acquisition of the Holding
Company contained in the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding
Company and in Federal and Indiana law may be to discourage potential takeover
attempts and perpetuate incumbent management, even though certain stockholders
of the Holding Company may deem a potential acquisition to be in their best
interests, or deem existing management not to be acting in their best interests.


              DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

GENERAL

     The Holding Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of common stock
having a par value of $.01 per share and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock
having a par value of $.01 per share.  Each share of the Holding Company's
common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all
respects with, each other share of common stock.  Upon payment of the purchase
price for the common stock, in accordance with the Plan of Conversion, all such
stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

     THE COMMON STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY WILL REPRESENT NONWITHDRAWABLE
CAPITAL, WILL NOT BE AN ACCOUNT OF ANY TYPE, AND WILL NOT BE INSURED BY THE FDIC
OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

COMMON STOCK

     DIVIDENDS.  The payment of dividends by the Holding Company is subject to
limitations which are imposed by law and applicable regulation.  See "DIVIDEND
POLICY" and "REGULATION."  The holders of common stock of the Holding Company
will be entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as may be
declared by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company out of funds legally
available therefor.  If the Holding Company issues preferred stock, the holders
thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to
dividends.

     VOTING RIGHTS.  Upon conversion, the holders of common stock of the Holding
Company will possess exclusive voting rights in the Holding Company.  They will
elect the Holding Company's Board of Directors and act on such other matters as
are required to be presented to them under Indiana law or as are otherwise
presented to them by the Board of Directors.  Except as discussed in
"RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY," each holder of common
stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to
cumulate votes in the election of directors.  If the Holding Company issues
preferred stock, holders of the Holding Company preferred stock may also possess
voting rights.  Certain matters require a vote of more than 50% of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.  See "RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION
OF THE HOLDING COMPANY."

     As a federal mutual savings and loan association, corporate powers and
control of the Association are vested in its Board of Directors, who elect the
officers of the Association and who fill any vacancies on the Board of Directors
as it exists upon conversion.  Subsequent to conversion, voting rights will be
vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of the
Association, all of which will be owned by the Holding Company, and voted at the

                                       82

 
direction of the Holding Company's Board of Directors.  Consequently, the
holders of the common stock will not have direct control of the Association.

     LIQUIDATION.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Association, the Holding Company, as holder of the Association's capital
stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of
all debts and liabilities of the Association (including all deposit accounts and
accrued interest thereon) and after distribution of the balance in the special
liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders (see "THE CONVERSION"), all assets of the Association available
for distribution.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Holding Company, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive,
after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of
the assets of the Holding Company available for distribution.  If Holding
Company preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over
the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

     PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.  Holders of the common stock of the Holding Company will
not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be
issued.  The common stock is not subject to redemption.

PREFERRED STOCK

     None of the shares of the authorized Holding Company preferred stock will
be issued in the conversion and there are no plans to issue the preferred stock.
Such stock may be issued with such designations, powers, preferences and rights
as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of
Directors can, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting,
dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting
strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in
impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION

     Acquisitions of the Holding Company are restricted by provisions in its
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and by the rules and regulations of various
regulatory agencies.  See "REGULATION" and "RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE
HOLDING COMPANY."


                           REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

     The Holding Company has registered the common stock with the SEC pursuant
to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and will not deregister its common stock
for a period of at least three years following the completion of the conversion.
As result of such registration, the proxy and tender offer rules, insider
trading reporting and restrictions, annual and periodic reporting and other
requirements of the Exchange Act will be applicable.


                            LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

     The legality of the common stock has been passed upon for the Holding
Company by Breyer & Aguggia, Washington, D.C.  The federal tax consequences of
the offering have been opined upon by Breyer & Aguggia and the Indiana tax
consequences of the offering have been opined upon by Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.
Breyer & Aguggia and Monroe Shine & Co., Inc. have consented to the references
herein to their opinions.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Capital
Resources by Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.

                                       83

 
                                    EXPERTS

     The financial statements of the Association as of December 31, 1997 and
1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 included in this
prospectus have been audited by Monroe Shine & Co., Inc. independent auditors,
as stated in their report appearing herein, and have been so included in
reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.

     CRG has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to
the Association setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market
value of the Holding Company and the Association as converted and its letter
with respect to subscription rights and to the use of its name and statements
with respect to it appearing herein.


                             CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

     Prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, the Association's
consolidated financial statements were audited by Umbach & Associates.  The
former accountant was replaced and Monroe Shine & Co., Inc. was engaged on
January 28, 1998 and continues as the independent auditors of the Association.
The decision to change auditors was approved by the Board of Directors on
January 12, 1998.  The Association's consolidated financial statements included
in this prospectus were audited by Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.

     For the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 and up to the date of
the replacement of the Association's former accountant, there were no
disagreements with the former accountant on any matter of accounting principles
or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure
which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former accountant, would have
caused it to make a reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in
connection with its reports.  The independent auditors' report on the
consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996
and 1995 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was
not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting
principles.


                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Holding Company has filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 (File No. 333-_____) under the Securities Act with respect to the common
stock offered in the conversion.  This prospectus does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are
omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.  You may read
and copy such information at the SEC's public reference room in Washington, D.C.
You can request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by
writing to the SEC.  Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further
information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The Registration
Statement also is available through the SEC's World Wide Web site on the
Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

     The Association has filed with the OTS an Application for Approval of
Conversion, which includes proxy materials for the Association's Special Meeting
and certain other information.  This prospectus omits certain information
contained in such Application.  The Application, including the proxy materials,
exhibits and certain other information that are a part thereof, may be
inspected, without charge, at the offices of the OTS, 1700 G Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20552 and at the office of the Regional Director of the OTS at
the Central Regional Office of the OTS, 200 West Madison Street, Suite 1300,
Chicago, IL 60606.

                                       84

 
                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION



                                                                                          Page
                                                                                          ----
                                                                                       
Independent Auditors' Report...........................................................    F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996...........................    F-2

Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings for the
 Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................................................    F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the
 Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................................................     22

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
 Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................................................    F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................................    F-5



                                   *   *   *


     All schedules are omitted as the required information either is not
applicable or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related
Notes .

     Separate financial statements for the Holding Company have not been
included herein because the Holding Company, which has engaged in only
organizational activities to date, has no significant assets, liabilities
(contingent or otherwise), revenues or expenses.

                                       85

 
                           MONROE SHINE & CO., INC.
                  CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS & CONSULTANTS
                  ==========================================

     P.O. Box 1407, 22 E. Market St. New Albany, IN 47150    812-945-2311


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


The Board of Directors
PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
Tell City, Indiana

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PEOPLES BUILDING
AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows for
the years then ended.  These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Association's management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PEOPLES BUILDING AND
LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.

January 30, 1998

                                      F-1

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



                                                               1997           1996
                                                           -------------  -------------
                                                                    
ASSETS
 
Cash and due from banks                                     $    18,028    $    12,351
Interest bearing deposits with banks                            733,720        964,951
Securities available for sale, at fair value                  1,318,817        812,313
 
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
  (fair value $20,696; 1996 $26,605)                             20,944         26,872
 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of
  $50,802 in 1997 and $51,729 in 1996                        19,295,524     19,837,163
 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                           196,100        196,100
Premises and equipment                                          198,040        187,129
Accrued interest receivable:
  Loans                                                         108,636        116,197
  Debt securities and other                                      23,378         18,318
Other assets                                                     75,494         75,642
                                                            -----------    -----------
 
      TOTAL ASSETS                                          $21,988,681    $22,247,036
                                                            ===========    ===========
 
LIABILITIES
 
Deposits:
  Savings deposits                                          $ 3,430,092    $ 3,579,381
  Time deposits                                              16,416,025     16,614,767
                                                            -----------    -----------
      Total deposits                                         19,846,117     20,194,148
Accrued interest payable on deposits                              6,174          6,365
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                           44,871         28,579
                                                            -----------    -----------
 
      Total Liabilities                                      19,897,162     20,229,092
                                                            -----------    -----------
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
RETAINED EARNINGS
  Retained earnings-substantially restricted                  2,109,721      2,039,739
  Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale,
    net of tax of $11,939 (1996 $14,296)                        (18,202)       (21,795)
                                                            -----------    -----------
      Total Retained Earnings                                 2,091,519      2,017,944
                                                            -----------    -----------
 
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS               $21,988,681    $22,247,036
                                                            ===========    ===========


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-2

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS
                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



                                                            NET UNREALIZED
                                                                LOSS ON
                                                              SECURITIES
                                                RETAINED       AVAILABLE
                                                EARNINGS       FOR SALE         TOTAL
                                                                    
 
Balances at December 31, 1995, as
  previously reported                          $2,086,047         $(20,976)   $2,065,071
 
Prior-period adjustment-correction of
  errors                                          (29,308)               -       (29,308)
                                               ----------         --------    ----------
 
Balances at December 31, 1995, as restated      2,056,739          (20,976)    2,035,763
 
Net loss                                          (17,001)               -       (17,001)
 
Net change in unrealized gain on
  securities available for sale                         -             (819)         (819)
                                               ----------         --------    ----------
 
Balances at December 31, 1996                   2,039,738          (21,795)    2,017,943
 
Net income                                         69,983                -        69,983
 
Net change in unrealized gain on
  securities available for sale                         -            3,593         3,593
                                               ----------         --------    ----------
 
Balances at December 31, 1997                  $2,109,721         $(18,202)   $2,091,519
                                               ==========         ========    ==========


See notes to consolidate financial statements.

                                      F-3

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



                                                                                           1997          1996    
                                                                                           ----          ----  
                                                                                                        
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                                                             
  Net income (loss)                                                                    $    69,983   $   (17,001)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net                                                              
    cash provided (used) by operating activities:                                                                
      Provision for loan losses                                                                  -         8,000 
      Net realized securities gain                                                               -          (760)
      Gain on sale of restricted equity security                                                 -        (4,840)
      Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net                (3,221)           (4)
      Depreciation expense                                                                  17,093        21,272 
      Deferred income taxes (credit)                                                         6,246        (8,470)
      (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable                                     2,501        (4,846)
      Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable                                         (191)        1,680 
      Net change in other assets/liabilities                                                 7,837        (7,436)
                                                                                        ------------------------ 
          NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                 100,248       (12,405)
                                                                                        ------------------------ 
                                                                                                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                             
  Net decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks                                     231,231     1,320,259 
  Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale                                            -       750,269 
  Proceeds from maturity of securities available for sale                                  599,850        88,203 
  Purchases of securities available for sale                                            (1,097,118)     (499,014)
  Principal collected on mortgage-backed securities                                          5,862        30,040 
  Net decrease in loans receivable                                                         612,756       164,790 
  Purchase of participation loans                                                          (71,117)            - 
  Proceeds from sale of restricted equity securities                                             -        19,840 
  Purchase of premises and equipment                                                       (28,004)       (9,322)
                                                                                        ------------------------ 
          NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                        253,460     1,865,065 
                                                                                        ------------------------ 
                                                                                                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                                             
  Net increase (decrease) in savings deposits                                             (149,289)      715,386 
  Net decrease in time deposits                                                           (198,742)   (1,168,920)
  Repayment of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                       (750,000)   (1,400,000)
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                                     750,000             - 
                                                                                        ------------------------ 
          NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                           (348,031)   (1,853,534)
                                                                                        ------------------------ 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS                                           5,677          (874)
                                                                                                                 
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year                                                12,351        13,225 
                                                                                        ------------------------ 
                                                                                                                 
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS AT END OF YEAR                                                 $    18,028   $    12,351 
                                                                                        ========================  


See notes to consolidated financial statments.

                                      F-4

 
              PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     NATURE OF OPERATIONS

     Peoples Building and Loan Association is a state chartered mutual building
     and loan association which provides a variety of banking services to
     customers through its office in Tell City, Indiana. The Bank's primary
     source of revenue is single-family residential loans.

     The Association's wholly-owned subsidiary, Peoples Building and Loan
     Service Corp., was inactive in 1997 and 1996.

     BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Peoples
     Building and Loan Association and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Peoples
     Building and Loan Service Corp. All material intercompany balances and
     transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

     STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Association has defined
     cash and cash equivalents as those amounts included in the balance sheet
     caption "Cash and due from banks."

     USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
     financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
     during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
     estimates.

     Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change
     relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the
     valuation of foreclosed real estate. In connection with the determination
     of the estimated losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, management
     obtains appraisals for significant properties.

     SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

     Securities available for sale consist of debt securities not classified as
     held to maturity and are stated at fair value. Amortization of premium and
     accretion of discount are recognized in interest income using the interest
     method. Unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, on securities available
     for sale are reported as a separate component of retained earnings until
     realized. Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are
     determined using the specific identification method.

                                      F-5

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(1 - continued)

     SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

     Debt securities, including mortgage-backed securities, for which the
     Association has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are
     carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of
     discount using the interest method over the remaining period to maturity,
     adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Mortgage-backed securities represent
     participating interests in pools of long-term first mortgage loans
     originated and serviced by issuers of the securities.

     LOANS

     Loans are stated at unpaid principal balances, less net deferred loan fees
     and the allowance for loan losses. The Association's real estate loan
     portfolio consists primarily of long-term loans collateralized by first
     mortgages on single-family residences and multi-family residential property
     located in the southern Indiana area and commercial real estate loans. In
     addition to real estate loans, the Association makes consumer loans secured
     by savings accounts.

     Loan origination fees and certain direct costs of underwriting and closing
     loans are deferred and the net fee or cost is recognized as an adjustment
     to interest income over the contractual life of the loans using the
     interest method.

     The accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when, in the judgment of
     management, the probability of collection of interest is deemed to be
     insufficient to warrant further accrual.  The Association does not accrue
     interest on loans past due 90 days or more except when the estimated value
     of collateral and collection efforts are deemed sufficient to ensure full
     recovery.  When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued
     but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income.

     Subsequent receipts on nonaccrual loans, including specific impaired loans,
     are recorded as a reduction of principal, and interest income is only
     recorded once principal recovery is reasonably assured.

     The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in
     management's judgment, is adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the
     loan portfolio.  The amount of the allowance is based on management's
     evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including the
     nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss
     experience, specified impaired loans, and economic conditions.  Allowances
     for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or
     the present value of estimated cash flows.  The allowance is increased by a
     provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by
     charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Changes in the allowance relating to
     impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses.
     Because of uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, management's
     estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related
     allowance may change in the near term.

                                      F-6

 
              PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

(1 - continued)

     FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

     Foreclosed real estate is carried at the lower of fair value minus
     estimated costs to sell or cost. Costs of holding foreclosed real estate
     are charged to expense in the current period, except for significant
     property improvements, which are capitalized. Valuations are periodically
     performed by management and an allowance is established by a charge to non-
     interest expense if the carrying value exceeds the fair value minus
     estimated costs to sell. The net expense from operations of foreclosed real
     estate held for sale is reported in non-interest expense.

     PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     The Association uses the straight line and accelerated methods of computing
     depreciation at rates adequate to amortize the cost of the applicable
     assets over their useful lives (5 to 40 years). Items capitalized as part
     of premises and equipment are valued at cost. Maintenance and repairs are
     expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of
     assets sold, or otherwise disposed of, are removed from the related
     accounts and any gain or loss is included in earnings.

     INCOME TAXES

     Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported
     in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus
     deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the basis of
     available for sale securities, allowance for loan losses, accumulated
     depreciation, and accrued income and expenses for financial and income tax
     reporting. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax
     return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or
     deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled.

     ADVERTISING COSTS

     Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred.

                                      F-7

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(2)  DEBT SECURITIES

     Debt securities have been classified in the balance sheets according to
     management's intent.

     The Association's investment in debt securities at December 31, 1997 and
     1996 is summarized as follows:



                                                            GROSS          GROSS
                                              AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     FAIR
                                                COST        GAINS          LOSSES       VALUE
                                                                          
          DECEMBER 31, 1997:
           Securities available for sale:
            U.S. government agency          $  999,596   $        -       $   29,097     $  970,499
            Corporate notes                    349,362            -            1,044        348,318
                                             ------------------------------------------------------
                                            $1,348,958   $        -       $   30,141     $1,318,817
                                            =======================================================
 
           Securities held to maturity:
            Mortgage-backed securities:
             FNMA certificates              $   17,269   $       -        $    1,008     $   16,261
             FHLMC certificates                  3,675         760                 -          4,435
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                            $   20,944   $     760        $    1,008     $   20,696
                                            =======================================================
 
          DECEMBER 31, 1996:
           Securities available for sale:
            U.S. Treasury                   $   99,850   $       -        $        5     $   99,845
            U.S. government agency             649,027           -            35,059        613,968
            Corporate notes                     99,526           -             1,026         98,500
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                            $  848,403   $       -        $   36,090     $  812,313
                                            =======================================================
 
          Securities held to maturity:
           Mortgage-backed securities:
            FNMA certificates               $  19,998    $       -        $      391     $   19,607
            FHLMC certificates                  6,874          124                 -          6,998
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                            $  26,872    $     124        $      391     $   26,605
                                           ========================================================
 
 
                                      F-8

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



(2 - continued)

     The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities as of December 31,
     1997 by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of
     mortgage-backed securities may differ from contractual maturities because
     the mortgages underlying the obligations may be prepaid without penalty.



                                                  SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
                                                  AMORTIZED              FAIR
                                                       COST              VALUE
                                                               
     Due in one year or less                      $  349,692        $  349,098
     Due after one year through
      five years                                     549,866           549,656
     Due after five years through
      ten years                                      250,000           219,063
     Due after ten years                             199,400           201,000
                                                  ----------        ----------
                                                  $1,348,958        $1,318,817
                                                  ==========        ==========  


     Gross gains of $1,500 and gross losses of $740 were realized on sales of
     securities available for sale during the year ended December 31, 1996.

(3)  LOANS RECEIVABLE

     Loans receivable at December 31, 1997 and 1996 consisted of the following:



                                                      1997             1996
                                                      ----             ----
                                                              
     Real estate mortgage loans:
      One to four family                         $16,892,966       $17,272,078
      Multi-family                                   468,147           394,396
      Commercial real estate                         863,876           873,425
      Land                                           527,971           582,674
      Residential construction                       783,200           976,663
     Loan secured by savings accounts                177,664           232,344
                                                 -----------       -----------
                                                  19,713,824        20,331,580
                                                 -----------       -----------
     Less:
      Deferred loan origination fees, net             72,167            72,646
      Undisbursed portion of loans in process        295,331           370,042
      Allowance for loan losses                       50,802            51,729
                                                 -----------       -----------
                                                     418,300           494,417
                                                 -----------       -----------
     
      Loans receivable, net                      $19,295,524       $19,837,163
                                                 ===========       ===========
 

                                      F-9

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



(3 - continued)

     An analysis of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:



                                       1997       1996
                                    ----------  --------
                                          
       Beginning balances             $51,729    $43,729
       Recoveries                           -          -
       Loans charged-off                 (927)         -
       Provision for loan losses            -      8,000
                                      -------    -------
 
       Ending balances                $50,802    $51,729
                                      =======    =======


     The Association had no loans specifically classified as impaired at
     December 31, 1997 and 1996.

     The Association has entered into loan transactions with certain directors,
     officers and their affiliates (related parties).  In the opinion of
     management, such indebtedness was incurred in the ordinary course of
     business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time
     for comparable transactions with other persons and does not involve more
     than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

     The following represents the aggregate activity for related party loans
     which exceeded $60,000 in total:


                                                           
       Balance, December 31, 1996                             $  70,709
       Adjustments                                               36,800
       New loans                                                177,028
       Payments                                                (107,509)
                                                              ---------
 
       Balance, December 31, 1997                             $ 177,028
                                                              =========
 
 

(4)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 
 
                                                                              1997        1996
                                                                            --------   ---------
                                                                                      
       Land and land improvements                                           $ 36,000   $  36,000
       Office buildings                                                      354,654     345,679
       Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                     120,927     101,897
                                                                            --------   ---------
                                                                             511,581     483,576
       Less accumulated depreciation                                         313,540     296,447
                                                                            --------   ---------
 
         Totals                                                             $198,041   $ 187,129
                                                                            ========   =========


                                      F-10

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



(5)  DEPOSITS

     The aggregate amount of time deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or
     more was approximately $2,218,000 at December 31, 1997.

     At December 31, 1997, scheduled maturities of time deposits were as
     follows:


       Year ending December 31:
                                         
         1998                               $ 8,809,273
         1999                                 4,637,547
         2000                                 1,668,308
         2001                                   691,537
         2002 and thereafter                    609,360
                                            -----------
 
           Total                            $16,416,025
                                            ===========


     The Association held deposits of approximately $610,000 and $534,000 for
     related parties at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     Deposit account balances in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.

     Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:



                                                                           1997          1996
                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                               
       Savings deposits                                                  $  131,452   $  137,670
       Time deposits                                                        960,456      991,019
                                                                         ----------   ----------
 
         Totals                                                          $1,091,908   $1,128,689
                                                                         ==========   ==========
 

(6)  INCOME TAXES
 
     The components of income tax expense (credit) were as follows:
 
 
 
                                                                               1997         1996
                                                                         ----------   ----------
                                                                                           
       Current                                                           $   22,315   $      873
       Deferred                                                               6,246       (8,470)
                                                                         ----------   ----------
 
         Totals                                                          $   28,561   $   (7,597)
                                                                         ==========   ==========


                                      F-11

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



(6 - continued)

     Significant components of the Association's deferred tax assets and
     liabilities as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:



                                                                1997       1996
                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                   
       Deferred tax assets:
         Deferred loan fees and costs                         $ 23,473   $ 23,663
         Allowance for loan losses                              20,123     20,490
         Unrealized loss on securities available for sale       11,939     14,296
                                                              --------   --------
             Total deferred tax assets                          55,535     58,449
                                                              --------   --------
 
       Deferred tax liabilities:
         Cumulative effect of change to the accrual basis
           of accounting for tax reporting                     (36,816)   (46,020)
         Depreciation                                           (6,453)    (4,214)
                                                              --------   --------
             Total deferred tax liabilities                    (43,269)   (50,234)
                                                              --------   --------
 
             Net deferred tax asset                           $ 12,266   $  8,215
                                                              ========   ========


     The reconciliation of income tax expense with the amount which would have
     been provided at the federal statutory rate of 34 percent follows: 



                                                         1997       1996
                                                      ----------  ---------
                                                             
       Provision at federal statutory rate             $ 33,505    $(8,363)
       State income tax-net of federal tax benefit        6,529       (277)
       Effect of federal graduated rates                (11,750)       665
       Other                                                277        378
                                                       --------    -------
 
         Totals                                        $ 28,561    $(7,597)
                                                       ========    =======
 
         Effective tax rate                                29.0%      30.9%
                                                       ========    =======


                                      F-12

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



(6 - continued)

     Prior to January 1, 1996, the Association was permitted by the Internal
     Revenue Code to deduct from taxable income an annual addition to a
     statutory bad debt reserve subject to certain limitations.  Retained
     earnings at December 31, 1997 include approximately $695,000 of cumulative
     deductions for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been
     recorded.  Reduction of these reserves for purposes other than tax bad debt
     losses or adjustments arising from carryback of net operating losses would
     create income for tax purposes subject to the then current corporate income
     tax rate.  The unrecorded deferred liability on these amounts was
     approximately $236,000 at December 31, 1997.

     Recently enacted federal legislation repealed the reserve method of
     accounting for bad debts by qualified thrift institutions for tax years
     beginning after December 31, 1995.  As a result, the Association will no
     longer be able to calculate the annual addition to the statutory bad debt
     reserve using the percentage-of-taxable-income method.  Instead, the
     Association will be required to compute its federal tax bad debt deduction
     based on actual loss experience over a period of years.  The legislation
     requires the Association to recapture into taxable income over a six-year
     period its post-1987 additions to the statutory bad debt reserve, thereby
     generating additional tax liability.  The recapture may be suspended for up
     to two years, if during those years the Association satisfies a residential
     loan requirement.  The Association has no post-1987 reserves subject to
     recapture.

     The legislation also provides that the Association will not be required to
     recapture its pre-1988 statutory bad debt reserves if it ceases to meet the
     qualifying thrift definitional tests and if the Association continues to
     qualify as a "bank" under existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

(7)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     The Association has a qualified contributory defined contribution plan that
     allows participating employees to make tax-deferred contributions under
     Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k).  The Association made matching
     contributions to the plan totaling $10,152 and $9,576 for 1997 and 1996,
     respectively.

     The Association also has a qualified defined contribution plan available to
     all eligible employees.  Contributions to the plan are based on a formula
     set forth in the plan documents.  The Association made contributions to the
     plan of $13,893 and $12,867 for 1997 and 1996, respectively.

                                      F-13

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



(8)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     In the normal course of business, there are outstanding various commitments
     and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit and legal
     claims, which are not reflected in the financial statements.

     The following is a summary of the commitments to extend credit at December
     31, 1997:


                                                            
         Mortgage loans:
          Variable rate 15 to 20 year terms                      $ 80,000
          Fixed rate (7%) one year term                            76,650
 
         Undisbursed home improvement loans in process             43,498
         Undisbursed portion of construction loans in process     251,833
                                                                  -------
 
             Total commitments to extend credit                  $451,981
                                                                  =======


(9)  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

     At December 31, 1997, the Association had concentrations of credit risk
     with a correspondent bank representing interest bearing deposits with banks
     in excess of federal deposit insurance limits of $511,000.

(10) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

     The Association is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet
     risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
     customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend
     credit and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve, to
     varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the
     amounts recognized in the balance sheet.

     The Association's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
     the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend
     credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual
     notional amount of those instruments (see Note 8).  The Association uses
     the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations
     as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

                                      F-14

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(10 - continued)

     Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long
     as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
     Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination
     clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are
     expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts
     do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Association
     evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The
     amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the
     Association upon extension of credit, varies and is based on management's
     credit evaluation of the counterparty.

     Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the
     Association to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.
     Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other
     termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk
     involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that
     involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Association's
     policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is
     essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend
     credit.

     The Association has not been required to perform on any financial
     guarantees during the past two years. The Association has not incurred any
     losses on its commitments in either 1997 or 1996.

(11) REGULATORY MATTERS

     The Association is subject to various regulatory capital requirements
     administered by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS). Failure to meet
     minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory-and possibly
     additional discretionary-actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could
     have a direct material effect on the Association's financial statements.
     Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
     corrective action, the Association must meet specific capital guidelines
     that involve quantitative measures of the Association's assets,
     liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under
     regulatory accounting practices. The Association's capital amounts and
     classification are also subject to quantitative judgments by the regulators
     about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

     Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
     require the Association to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth
     in the table below) of tangible capital to adjusted total assets (as
     defined), Tier I (core) capital (as defined) to adjusted total assets, Tier
     I capital to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of total risk-based
     capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets. Management believes, as of
     December 31, 1997, that the Association meets all capital adequacy
     requirements to which it is subject.

                                      F-15

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

(11 - continued)

     As of December 31, 1997, the most recent notification from the OTS
     categorized the Association as well capitalized under the regulatory
     framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well
     capitalized, the Association must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I
     risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.
     There are no conditions or events since that notification that management
     believes have changed the Association's category.

     The Association's actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in
     the table. No amount was deducted from capital for interest-rate risk in
     either year.



                                                                                               MINIMUM TO BE WELL
                                                                                               CAPITALIZED UNDER
                                                                     MINIMUM FOR CAPITAL       PROMPT CORRECTIVE
                                                   ACTUAL             ADEQUACY PURPOSES:       ACTION PROVISIONS:
                                            AMOUNT       RATIO         AMOUNT     RATIO        AMOUNT      RATIO
       (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                         
       AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997:
 
         Total equity capital
          and ratio to total
          assets                           $ 2,092        9.5%
         Adjustments to
          equity capital                        18
                                           -------
 
         Tangible capital
          and ratio to
          adjusted total
          assets                           $ 2,110        9.6%          $ 330       1.5%
                                           =======                        ===
 
         Tier I (core) capital
          and ratio to
          adjusted total
          assets                           $ 2,110        9.6%          $ 660       3.0%       $ 1,100       5.0%
                                           =======                        ===                  =======
 
         Tier I capital and
          ratio to risk-weighted
          assets                           $ 2,110       17.7%                                 $   714       6.0%
                                                                                               =======
         Allowance for loan
          losses                                51
                                           -------
 
         Total risk-based
          capital and ratio to
          risk-weighted assets             $ 2,161       18.2%          $ 952       8.0%       $ 1,199      10.0%
                                           =======                        ===                  =======
 
         Total assets                      $21,989
                                           =======
 
        Adjusted total assets              $22,007
                                           =======
 
        Risk-weighted assets               $11,898
                                           =======


                                      F-16

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(11 - continued)



                                                                                               MINIMUM TO BE WELL
                                                                                               CAPITALIZED UNDER
                                                                     MINIMUM FOR CAPITAL       PROMPT CORRECTIVE
                                                   ACTUAL             ADEQUACY PURPOSES:       ACTION PROVISIONS:
                                            AMOUNT       RATIO         AMOUNT     RATIO        AMOUNT      RATIO
       (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                         
       AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996:
 
       Total equity capital
         and ratio to total
         assets                            $ 2,018        9.1%
        Adjustments to
         equity capital                         22
                                           -------
 
        Tangible capital
         and ratio to
         adjusted total
         assets                            $ 2,040        9.2%          $ 334      1.5%
                                           =======                        ===
 
        Tier I (core) capital
         and ratio to
         adjusted total
         assets                            $ 2,040        9.2%          $ 668      3.0%       $ 1,113       5.0%
                                           =======                        ===                 =======
 
        Tier I capital and
         ratio to risk-weighted
         assets                            $ 2,040       17.2%                                $   712       6.0%
                                                                                              =======
        Allowance for loan
         losses                                 52
                                           -------
 
        Total risk-based
         capital and ratio to
         risk-weighted assets              $ 2,092       17.6%          $ 949      8.0%       $ 1,187      10.0%
                                           =======                        ===                 =======
 
        Total assets                       $22,247
                                           =======
 
       Adjusted total assets               $22,269
                                           =======
 
       Risk-weighted assets                $11,868
                                           =======


                                      F-17

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



(12) FUTURE IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND
     EXTINGUISHMENTS OF LIABILITIES

     In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 125,
     Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
     Extinguishments of Liabilities. The Statement provides consistent standards
     for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from
     transfers that are secured borrowings based on a control-oriented
     "financial-components" approach. Under this approach, after a transfer of
     financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets
     it controls and liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets
     when control has been surrendered and derecognizes liabilities when
     extinguished. The provisions of SFAS No. 125 are effective for transactions
     occurring after December 31, 1996, except those provisions relating to
     repurchase agreements, securities lending, and other similar transactions
     and pledged collateral, which have been delayed until after December 31,
     1997 by SFAS No. 127, Deferral of the Effective Date of Certain Provisions
     of FASB Statement No. 125, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 125. The
     adoption of these statements has no material impact on financial position
     or results of operations.

(13) SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION



                                                                     1997           1996
                                                                     ----           ----   
                                                                          
        CASH PAYMENTS FOR:
          Interest                                               $ 1,106,810    $ 1,141,662
          Taxes                                                      (10,655)         9,650
 
        NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
          Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate
            financed through loans                                       -           24,757


                                      F-18

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

(14) DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying value and estimated fair value of financial instruments at
     December 31 are as follows:



                                                               1997                       1996                         
                                                               ----                       ---- 
                                                     CARRYING       FAIR         CARRYING       FAIR   
                                                      VALUE          VALUE        VALUE         VALUE  
                                                                          (In thousands)              
                                                                                         
       Financial assets:                                                                       
         Cash and due from banks                     $     18      $     18      $     12      $     12 
         Interest bearing deposits with banks             734           734           965           965 
         Securities available for sale                  1,319         1,319           812           812 
         Securities held to maturity                       21            21            27            27 
         Loans, net                                    19,296        19,320        19,837        20,002 
         Federal Home Loan Bank stock                     196           196           196           196 
                                                                                                        
       Financial liabilities:                                                                           
         Deposits                                     (19,846)      (19,916)      (20,194)      (20,334) 
                                                                                          
       Unrecognized financial                                                             
         instruments:                                                                     
          Commitments to extend credit                     -              -             -            (2)


     The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
     of each class of financial instrument for which it is practicable to
     estimate that value:

     CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

     For cash and short-term investments, including cash and due from banks and
     interest bearing deposits with banks, the carrying value is a reasonable
     estimate of fair value.

     DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

     For debt securities, including mortgage-backed securities, the fair values
     are based on quoted market prices. For restricted equity securities held
     for investment, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

     LOANS

     The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the estimated future
     cash flows using current rates at which loans would be made to borrowers
     with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

                                      F-19

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

(14 - continued)

     DEPOSITS

     The fair value of savings deposits is the amount payable on demand at the
     balance sheet date. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits is
     estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently
     offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

     COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

     The majority of commitments to extend credit would result in loans with a
     market rate of interest if funded. The value of those commitments are the
     fees that would be charged to customers to enter into similar agreements.
     For fixed rate loan commitments, the fair value also considers the
     difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed
     rates.

(15) SUBSEQUENT EVENT-PLAN OF CONVERSION

     On December 22, 1997, the Association's Board of Directors adopted a plan
     of conversion from an Indiana-chartered mutual building and loan
     association to a federally-chartered mutual savings and loan association
     pending approval from the OTS and the Indiana Department of Financial
     Institutions.

     On January 14, 1998, the Association's Board of Directors adopted a plan of
     conversion in connection with the formation of a holding company whereby
     the Association proposes to reorganize by amending its charter from a
     federally-chartered mutual savings Association into a federally-chartered
     stock savings association and concurrent formation of a holding company for
     the Association.

     Pursuant to this plan, shares of conversion stock will be offered as part
     of the conversion in a subscription offering pursuant to nontransferable
     subscription rights at a predetermined and uniform price first to the
     Association's  eligible account holders, second to the tax-qualified
     employee stock benefit plans, third to the Association's supplemental
     eligible account holders, and fourth to other members of the Association.
     Shares not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered as
     part of the conversion to the general public in a direct community
     offering.  Shares still remaining may then be offered to the general public
     in a syndicated community offering, an underwritten public offering, or
     otherwise.  The aggregate purchase price of the conversion stock will be
     based upon an independent appraisal of the Association and will reflect the
     estimated pro forma market value of the Association as a subsidiary of the
     holding company.

                                      F-20

 
             PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(15 - continued)

     At the time of the conversion, the Association will establish a liquidation
     account in an amount equal to its retained earnings as of the date of the
     latest balance sheet appearing in the final prospectus.  The liquidation
     account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders and
     supplemental eligible account holders who continue to maintain their
     accounts at the Association after the conversion.  The liquidation account
     will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders and
     supplemental eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying
     deposits as of each anniversary date.  Subsequent increases will not
     restore an eligible or supplemental eligible account holder's interest in
     the liquidation account.  In the event of a complete liquidation of the
     Association, each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account
     holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation
     account in an amount proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying
     balances for accounts then held.

     Subsequent to the conversion, the Association may not declare or pay cash
     dividends on or repurchase any of its share of common stock, if the effect
     thereof would cause equity to be reduced below applicable regulatory
     capital requirements.

     Consummation of the conversion is subject to the approval of the plan of
     conversion by the OTS and by the members of the Association at a special
     meeting of the members to be called to consider the conversion.

     Upon completion of the conversion and offering, the costs related to the
     conversion and offering will be charged against the proceeds from the sale
     of conversion stock.  If the transactions are not consummated, the
     Association will charge all costs to operations.  At December 31, 1997, the
     amount of deferred costs related to the conversion and offering totaled
     approximately $24,000.

                                      F-21

 
                                   GLOSSARY

ARM loans                          Adjustable-rate mortgage loans.

Capital Resources                  Capital Resources, Inc., the firm the
                                   Association engaged to advise and assist it
                                   in marketing the Common Stock and conducting
                                   the Subscription Offering and, if any, the
                                   Direct Community Offering and/or Syndicated
                                   Community Offering.

CRG                                Capital Resources Group, Inc. the firm the
                                   Association engaged to prepare the appraisal
                                   of its estimated pro forma market value in
                                   the conversion and to advise the Association
                                   about its business plan.

Direct Community Offering          The offering of shares of the common stock to
                                   the general public with preference given to
                                   natural persons and trusts of natural persons
                                   who are residents of the Perry County,
                                   Indiana.

Exchange Act                       The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
                                   amended.

Expiration Date                    _____________, 1998.

FDIC                               Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

FHLB                               Federal Home Loan Bank.

GAAP                               Generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal Revenue Code              Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

IRA                                Individual Retirement Account.

IRS                                Internal Revenue Service.

MRDP                               The Management Recognition and Development
                                   Plan, a restricted stock plan that the
                                   Holding Company intends to adopt following
                                   the conversion.

NASD                               National Association of Securities Dealers,
                                   Inc.

OTS                                Office of Thrift Supervision of the United
                                   States Department of the Treasury.

Plan of Conversion                 The plan of conversion adopted by the
                                   Association, pursuant to which the conversion
                                   is being undertaken.

SAIF                               Savings Association Insurance Fund.

SEC                                Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                      G-1

 
Securities Act                     The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

SFAS                               Statement of Financial Accounting Standards.

Stock Option Plan                  The stock option plan that the Holding
                                   Company intends to adopt following the
                                   conversion.

Subscription Offering              The offering of shares of the Common Stock,
                                   in order of priority, to Eligible Account
                                   Holders, Supplement Eligible Account Holders
                                   and Other Members.

Syndicated Community Offering      The offering of shares of the common stock to
                                   the general public by a group of selected
                                   dealers.

                                      G-2

 
You should rely only on the information contained in this document. Neither PCB 
Holding Company nor Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A. have authorized 
anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus does 
not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the 
securities offered hereby to any person or in any jurisdiction in which such
offer or solicitation is  not authorized or in which the person making such
offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is
unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the
delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances
create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of PCB
Holding Company or Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A. since any of the
dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.


                        [Logo for PCB Holding Company]




                         (Proposed Holding Company for
                  Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A.
                    to be known as Peoples Community Bank)


                         255,000 to 345,000 Shares of
                                 Common Stock


                                   ________

                                  PROSPECTUS

                                   ________


                           Capital Resources, Inc.


                                 _______, 1998



UNTIL THE LATER OF _________, 1998, OR 90 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THE 
SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OF COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ALL DEALERS THAT BUY, 
SELL OR TRADE THESE SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, 
MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' 
OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT 
TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

 
                PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Officers and Directors

     Article 8 of the Articles of Incorporation requires indemnification of
directors, officers and employees as follows:

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                                INDEMNIFICATION

     SECTION 8.01.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.  The corporation shall, to the fullest
extent to which it is empowered to do so by the Indiana Business Corporation Act
or any other applicable laws, as from time to time in effect, indemnify any
person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the
corporation, or who, while serving as such director, officer or employee of the
corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
whether for profit or not, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, settlements, penalties and fines (including excise taxes assessed
with respect to employee benefit plans) actually or reasonably incurred by him
in accordance with such action, suit or proceeding, if he acted in good faith
and in a manner he reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in his official
capacity, was in the best interest of the corporation, and in all other cases,
was not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding, he either had reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was lawful or no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement
or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not,
of itself, create a presumption that the person did not meet the prescribed
standard of conduct.

     SECTION 8.02.  INDEMNIFICATION AUTHORIZED.  To the extent that a director,
officer or employee of the corporation has been successful, on the merits or
otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
Section 8.01 of this Article, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter
therein, the corporation shall indemnify such person against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
therewith.  Any other indemnification under Section 8.01 of this Article (unless
ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the
specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
officer or employee is permissible in the circumstances because he has met the
applicable standard of conduct.  Such determination shall be made (a) by the
board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who
were not at the time parties to such action, suit or proceeding; or (b) if a
quorum cannot be obtained under subdivision (a), by a majority vote of a
committee duly designated by the board of directors (in which designation
directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more
directors not at the time parties to such action, suit or proceeding; or (c) by
special legal counsel:  (i) selected by the board of directors or its committee
in the manner prescribed in subdivision (a) or (b), or (ii) if a quorum of the
board of directors cannot be obtained under subdivision (a) and a committee
cannot be designated under subdivision (b), selected by a majority vote of the
full board of directors (in which selection directors who are parties may
participate); or (d) by stockholders, but shares owned by or voted under the
control of directors who are at the time parties to such action, suit or
proceeding may not be voted on the determination.

     Authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of
expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that
indemnification is permissible, except that if the determination is made by
special legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to
reasonableness of expenses shall be made by those entitled under subsection (c)
to select counsel.

                                     II-1

 
     SECTION 8.03.  DEFINITION OF GOOD FAITH.  For purposes of any determination
under Section 8.01 of this Article, a person shall be deemed to have acted in
good faith and to have otherwise met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in Section 8.01 if his action is based on information, opinions, reports,
or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, if
prepared or presented by (a) one or more officers or employees of the
corporation or other enterprise whom he reasonably believes to be reliable and
competent in the matters presented; (b) legal counsel, public accountants,
appraisers or other persons as to matters he reasonably believes are within the
person's professional or expert competence; or (c) a committee of the board of
directors of the corporation or another enterprise of which the person is not a
member if he reasonably believes the committee merits confidence.  The term
"another enterprise" as used in this Section 8.03 shall mean any other
corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent.  The
provisions of this Section 8.03 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit
in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the
applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 8.01 of this Article.

     SECTION 8.04.  ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred in connection
with any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid for or
reimbursed by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such
action, suit or proceeding, as authorized in the specific case in the same
manner described in Section 8.02 of this Article, upon receipt of a written
affirmation of the director, officer or employee's good faith belief that he has
met the standard of conduct described in Section 8.01 of this Article and upon
receipt of a written undertaking on behalf of the director, officer or employee
to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he did not meet
the standard of conduct set forth in this Article, and a determination is made
that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude
indemnification under this Article.

     SECTION 8.05.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY.  The indemnification provided by this
Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person
seeking indemnification may be entitled under these Articles of Incorporation,
the corporation's Bylaws, any resolution of the board of directors or
stockholders, any other authorization, whenever adopted, after notice, by a
majority vote of all voting stock then outstanding, or any contract, both as to
action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while
holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a
director, officer or employee, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.

     SECTION 8.06.  VESTMENT OF RIGHTS.  The right of any individual to
indemnification under this Article shall vest at the time of occurrence or
performance of any event, act or omission giving rise to any action, suit or
proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 8.01 of this Article and, once
vested, shall not later be impaired as a result of any amendment, repeal,
alteration or other modification of any or all of these provisions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification afforded under this Article
shall be applicable to all alleged prior acts or omissions of any individual
seeking indemnification hereunder, regardless of the fact that such alleged acts
or omissions may have occurred prior to the adoption of this Article.  To the
extent such prior acts or omissions cannot be deemed to be covered by this
Article, the right of any individual to indemnification shall be governed by the
indemnification provisions in effect at the time of such prior acts or
omissions.

     SECTION 8.07.  INSURANCE.  The corporation may purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise, against any liability asserted against or incurred by the
individual in that capacity or arising from the individual's status as a
director, officer, employee or agent, whether or not the corporation would have
power to indemnify the individual against the same liability under this Article.

                                     II-2

 
     SECTION 8.08.  OTHER DEFINITIONS.

     For purposes of this Article, serving an employee benefit plan at the
request of the corporation shall include any service as a director, officer or
employee of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by
such director, officer or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its
participants, or beneficiaries.  A person who acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants
and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a
manner "not opposed to the best interest of the corporation" referred to in this
Article.

     For purposes of this Article, "party" includes any individual who is or was
a plaintiff, defendant or respondent in any action, suit or proceeding.

     For purposes of this Article, "official capacity," when used with respect
to a director, shall mean the office of director of the corporation; and when
used with respect to an individual other than a director, shall mean the office
in the corporation held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship
undertaking by the employee or agent on behalf of the corporation.  "Official
capacity" does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation
or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other
enterprise, whether for profit or not, except as set forth in Section 1 of this
Article.

     SECTION 8.09.  BUSINESS EXPENSES.  Any payments made to any indemnified
party under this Article under any other right of indemnification shall be
deemed to be an ordinary and necessary business expense of the corporation, and
payment thereof shall not subject any person responsible for the payment, or the
board of directors, to any action for corporate waste or to any similar action.



PEOPLES BUILDING AND LOAN ASSOCIATION, F.A.

     Section 545.121 of the Regulations for Federal Savings Associations
provides that any person against whom any action is brought or threatened by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the
Savings Bank shall be indemnified by such Savings Bank for reasonable costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, actually paid or incurred by
such person in connection with proceedings related to the defense or settlement
of such action; any amount of which such person becomes liable by reason of any
judgment in such action; and reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable
attorney's fees, actually paid or incurred in any action to enforce his rights
under this section, which results in a final judgment on the merits in favor of
the director or officer, the Savings Bank may make the indemnification provided
in the preceding sentence if a majority of the directors of the Savings Bank
determine that such director or officer was acting in good faith within what he
was reasonably entitled to believe under the circumstances was the best
interests of the Savings Bank or its stockholders or members.  In which event,
regulations require a 60 day notice to the OTS.  Additionally, Section
545.121(d) authorizes the obtaining of insurance to protect against such losses.

                                     II-3

 
Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution(1)


                                                   
     Legal fees and expenses........................  $ 80,000
     Securities marketing legal fees................    22,000
     EDGAR, copying, printing, postage and mailing..    75,000
     Appraisal and business plan preparation........    22,000
     Accounting fees................................    20,000
     Securities marketing fees and expenses.........    60,000
     Data processing fees and expenses..............     9,000
     SEC registration fee...........................     1,170
     Blue Sky filing fees and expenses..............    10,000
     OTS filing fees................................     8,400
     Other expenses.................................     7,430
                                                      --------
          Total.....................................  $315,000
                                                      ========


_______________
(1)  Assumes all of the Common Stock will be sold in the Subscription and
Direct Community Offerings.


Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
            Not Applicable
 
Item 27.  Exhibits.

         The exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement are as
         follows:
                                    

1.1  -   Form of proposed Agency Agreement among PCB Holding Company, Peoples
         Building and Loan Association, F.A. and Capital Resoures, Inc. (a)
 
1.2  -   Engagement Letter between Peoples Building and Loan Association and
         Capital Resources, Inc.

2    -   Plan of Conversion of Peoples Building and Loan Association (attached
         as an exhibit to the Proxy Statement included as Exhibit 99.5)

3.1  -   Article of Incorporation of PCB Holding Company
 
3.2  -   Bylaws of PCB Holding Company
 
4    -   Form of Certificate for Common Stock
 
5    -   Opinion of Breyer & Aguggia regarding legality of securities registered
 
8.1  -   Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Breyer & Aguggia
 
8.2  -   Form of State Tax Opinion of Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.
 
8.3  -   Opinion of Capital Resources Group, Inc. as to the value of
         subscription  rights

10.1 -   Proposed Form of Employment Agreement for Senior Officers
 
10.2 -   Peoples Building and Loan Association 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and
         Trust (a)

                                     II-4

 
16   -   Letter of former accountants
 
21   -   Subsidiaries of PCB Holding Company
 
23.1 -   Consent of Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.
 
23.2 -   Consent of Breyer & Aguggia (contained in opinion included as Exhibit
         5)
 
23.3 -   Consent of Breyer & Aguggia as to its Federal Tax Opinion
 
23.4 -   Consent of Capital Resources Group, Inc.
 
24   -   Power of Attorney (contained in signature page)
 
27   -   Financial Data Schedule
 
99.1 -   Order Form (a)
 
99.2 -   Solicitation and Marketing Materials (a)
 
99.3 -   Appraisal Agreement with Capital Resources Group, Inc.
 
99.4 -   Appraisal Report of Capital Resources Group, Inc. (a)
 
99.5 -   Proxy Statement for Special Meeting of Members of Peoples Building and
         Loan Association, F.A.

__________________
(a)  To be filed by amendment.


Item 28. Undertakings

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

          (i)  To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act");

          (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-
effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent
a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities
offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that
which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the
estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the
maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement.

                                     II-5

 
     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

     (4) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act") (and, where
applicable, each filing of any employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act, and is therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for
indemnification against liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the questions whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

                                     II-6

 
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Tell City, Indiana on
the 18th day of March,  1998.


                              PCB HOLDING COMPANY



                              By: /s/  Carl D. Smith
                                  -------------------
                                  Carl D. Smith
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     We, the undersigned directors and officers of PCB Holding Company, do
hereby severally constitute and appoint Carl D. Smith and Clarke A. Blackford,
our true and lawful attorneys and agents, to do any and all things and acts in
our names in the capacities indicated below and to execute all instruments for
us and in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Carl D. Smith
and Clarke A. Blackford may deem necessary or advisable to enable PCB Holding
Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules,
regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in
connection with the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 relating to the offering
of PCB Holding Company's Common Stock, including specifically but not limited
to, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the
capacities indicated below the Registration Statement and any and all amendments
(including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby ratify and confirm
all that Carl D. Smith and Clarke A. Blackford shall do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
 
Signatures                             Title                                        Date
- ----------                             -----                                        ----
                                                                               

/s/  Carl D. Smith                     Chief Executive Officer and Director         March 18, 1998 
- ----------------------------
 Carl D. Smith                         (Principal Executive Officer)



/s/  Clarke A. Blackford               Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary      March 18, 1998
- ----------------------------
Clarke A. Blackford                    (Principal Financial
                                       and Accounting Officer)


/s/  James L. Wittmer                  Director                                     March 18, 1998
- ----------------------------
James L. Wittmer
 

 
 
                                                                                
/s/  Marion L. Ress                    Director                                     March 18, 1998
- ----------------------------
Marion L. Ress



/s/  Howard L. Traphagen               Director                                     March 18, 1998
- ----------------------------
Howard L. Traphagen



/s/  James G. Tyler                    Director                                     March 18, 1998
- ----------------------------
James G. Tyler



s/ Daniel P. Lutgring                  Director                                     March 18, 1998
- ----------------------------
Daniel P. Lutgring
 

 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


1.1   -    Form of proposed Agency Agreement among PCB Holding Company, Peoples
           Building and Loan Association, F.A. and Capital Resources, Inc. (a)
 
1.2   -    Engagement Letter between Peoples Building and Loan Association and
           Capital Resources, Inc.
 
2     -    Plan of Conversion of Peoples Building and Loan Association (attached
           as and exhibit to the Proxy Statement included as Exhibit 99.5)

3.1   -    Articles of Incorporation of PCB Holding Company
 
3.2   -    Bylaws of PCB Holding Company
 
4     -    Form of Certificate for Common Stock
 
5     -    Opinion of Breyer & Aguggia regarding legality of securities
           registered
 
8.1   -    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Breyer & Aguggia
 
8.2   -    Form of State Tax Opinion of Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.
 
8.3   -    Opinion of Capital Resources Group, Inc. as to the value of
           subscription rights
 
10.1  -    Proposed Form of Employment Agreement with Senior Officers
 
10.2  -    Peoples Building and Loan Association, F.A. 401(k) Salary Reduction
           Plan and Trust (a)
 
16    -    Letter of Former Accountants
 
21    -    Subsidiaries of PCB Holding Company
 
23.1  -    Consent of Monroe Shine & Co., Inc.
 
23.2  -    Consent of Breyer & Aguggia (contained in opinion included as Exhibit
           5)
 
23.3  -    Consent of Breyer & Aguggia as to its Federal Tax Opinion
 
23.4  -    Consent of Capital Resources Group, Inc.
 
24    -    Power of Attorney (contained in signature page)
 
27    -    Financial Data Schedule
 
99.1  -    Order Form (a)
 
99.2  -    Solicitation and Marketing Materials (a)
 
99.3  -    Appraisal Agreement with Capital Resources Group, Inc.
 
99.4  -    Appraisal Report of Capital Resources Group, Inc. (a)
 
99.5  -    Proxy Statement for Special Meeting of Members of Peoples Building
           and Loan Association, F.A.

___________
(a)  To be filed by amendment.